Registration File No.: 333-273508
![LOGO](https://capedge.com/proxy/424B3/0001193125-24-020997/g740095g61n00.jpg)
• | The Fund has a limited operating history. The Shares are not listed for trading on any securities exchange. Investors should consider Shares of the Fund to be an illiquid investment. |
• | Investing in the Shares may be speculative and involve a high degree of risk, including the risks associated with leverage. |
• | The Shares are not redeemable at an investor’s option nor are they exchangeable for shares of any other fund. Although the Fund may offer to repurchase Shares from time to time, it has no obligation to do so. The frequency and timing of any repurchase offers are subject to the discretion of the Board. |
• | Because the Shares are not listed on a securities exchange, you should not expect to be able to sell your Shares when and/or in the amount desired, regardless of how the Fund performs and, as a result, you may be unable to reduce your exposure during any market downturn. |
• | The Fund is designed primarily for long-term investors. |
• | An investment in the Shares is not suitable for an investor if the investor might need access to the money invested in the foreseeable future. |
Per Class D Share | Per Institutional Share | Total | |||||||
Public Offering Price(1) | At current NAV | At current NAV | $340,831,452 | ||||||
Sales Load(2) | N/A | N/A | |||||||
Proceeds to the Fund(3) | Amount invested at current NAV | Amount invested at current NAV | Up to $340,831,452 |
(1) | The Shares are continuously offered for purchase as of the first business day of each month (or at such other times as determined in the discretion of the Board of Trustees of the Fund) at the public offering price equal to the NAV as of the most recently completed month end of the applicable class. Subscriptions for Shares must be received by the Fund prior to the end of the month or other closing date determined by the Board of Trustees. See “Plan of Distribution.” |
(2) | Generally, the stated minimum initial investment by an investor in the Fund is $1,000,000 for Institutional Shares and $25,000 for Class D Shares. For Institutional Shares, the minimum initial investment is waived or reduced for certain eligible investors as described under “Plan of Distribution—Minimum Investments.” There is no sales load for Institutional Shares or Class D Shares. Institutional Shares are not subject to any asset-based distribution fees but are only available through the Distributor or an asset-based fee program sponsored by a registered broker-dealer or registered investment adviser (also known as a “wrap fee” program) that has an agreement with the Distributor. Class D Shares are subject to a shareholder servicing fee that will accrue at an annual rate equal to 0.25%. See “Summary of Fund Fees and Expenses,” “Plan of Distribution” and “Repurchase of Fund Shares; Transfer Restrictions.” |
(3) | Total Proceeds to the Fund assumes the sale of all Shares registered under this registration statement. The Fund previously sold $159,168,548 of Shares under a previous registration statement. |
Page | ||||
1 | ||||
46 | ||||
49 | ||||
51 | ||||
51 | ||||
51 | ||||
71 | ||||
72 | ||||
109 | ||||
110 | ||||
113 | ||||
120 | ||||
121 | ||||
122 | ||||
124 | ||||
126 | ||||
126 | ||||
131 | ||||
138 | ||||
139 | ||||
153 | ||||
153 | ||||
154 | ||||
154 | ||||
154 |
The Fund | BlackRock Private Investments Fund is a non‑diversified, closed‑end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”). The Fund has a limited operating history. Throughout this prospectus, we refer to BlackRock Private Investments Fund simply as the “Fund” or as “we,” “us” or “our.” See “The Fund” in the prospectus. |
The Fund continuously offers two classes of common shares of beneficial interest (“Shares”) of the Fund: Institutional Shares and Class D Shares, each of which is subject to different investment minimums and fees and expenses, which may affect performance. The Fund has received exemptive relief from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to, among other things, issue multiple classes of Shares and to impose asset-based distribution fees and early-withdrawal fees as applicable (the “Multi-Class Exemptive Relief”). The Fund may offer other additional classes of Shares in the future with fees and expenses that differ from the classes of Shares described in this prospectus. |
As of June 30, 2023, BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. (“BFM”), an affiliate of BlackRock Advisors, LLC (“BAL” or the “Advisor”), owns 67.72% of the outstanding Institutional Shares and 100% of the outstanding Class D Shares. This ownership will fluctuate as other investors subscribe for Shares and if the Fund repurchases Shares in connection with periodic tender offers. Depending on the size of this ownership, BFM may either control the Fund or be in a position to exercise a significant influence on the outcome of any matter put to a vote of investors. However, if the Fund is relying on its co‑investment exemptive relief, during any period in which BFM (together with any other affiliate of the Advisor) holds greater than 25% of the Shares, BFM will be required to “mirror vote” its Shares in the same percentages as the Fund’s other shareholders when voting on the election or removal of trustees or any other matters affecting the composition, size or manner of election of the Board of Trustees of the Fund (the “Board”). |
Investment Objective | The Fund’s investment objective is to seek long-term capital appreciation and to provide attractive risk-adjusted returns primarily through an actively-managed portfolio that provides eligible investors with targeted exposure to private equity investments. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s investment objective will be achieved or that the Fund’s investment program will be successful. The Fund’s investment objective is a non‑fundamental policy of the Fund and may be changed by the Board without prior shareholder approval. |
Investment Strategy | In seeking to achieve its investment objective, under normal conditions, the Fund will invest (which for this purpose includes unfunded capital commitments) a majority of its net assets over time in privately offered equity securities of operating companies (“Portfolio Companies”) and interests in professionally managed private equity funds (“Portfolio Funds”). Interests in such Portfolio Funds may be purchased (i) from third party holders of such interests in secondary transactions or (ii) as part of sponsor‑led transactions where the assets held by the Portfolio Fund are known at the time of investment (such Portfolio Funds, “sponsor‑led continuation vehicles”). The Fund will also invest a portion of its Managed Assets in a portfolio of cash and cash equivalents, liquid fixed-income securities and other credit instruments, publicly-traded equity securities, exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) and exchange-traded and over‑the‑counter (“OTC”) derivative instruments (the “Income-Focused Sleeve”). The Advisor acts as the investment adviser to the Fund and manages the Fund’s investments in the Income-Focused Sleeve. BAL has entered into an agreement with BlackRock Capital Investment Advisors, LLC (“BCIA” or the “Sub‑Advisor”), pursuant to which BCIA manages the Fund’s investments in Portfolio Companies and Portfolio Funds (the “Private Equity Sleeve”). |
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in private investments. For purposes of this policy, “private investments” include, without limitation, Direct Investments (as defined below), interests in Portfolio Funds, securities or other instruments acquired by the Fund in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), including without limitation 144A securities, privately placed bank loans, restricted securities, securities acquired in private placements made under Regulation D and similar private investments, and securities or other instruments for which no secondary market is readily available, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such assets that may be held in the Income-Focused Sleeve. Issuers of private investments may not have a class of securities registered and may not be subject to periodic reporting pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in investments that are not private investments. For liquidity management or in connection with implementation of changes in asset allocation or when identifying private investments for the Fund during periods of large cash inflows or otherwise for temporary defensive purposes, the Fund may hold more than 20% of its Managed Assets in investments that are not private investments or in cash or cash equivalents. |
The Private Equity Sleeve will be invested in Portfolio Companies or in Portfolio Funds that invest in such Portfolio Companies. The portion of Fund assets allocated to the Private Equity Sleeve and the Income-Focused Sleeve, respectively, will vary over time as the Fund |
deploys capital to investments in Portfolio Companies and Portfolio Funds, and, during periods of increased cash inflows, the Fund may hold a relatively greater percentage of its Managed Assets in the Income-Focused Sleeve. |
Through the Private Equity Sleeve, the Fund will seek to participate in privately placed equity and, in some cases, privately placed debt investments in Portfolio Companies (“Direct Investments”) that have been identified by BCIA as well as Direct Investments that are made available to the Fund by private equity sponsors not affiliated with BlackRock (each, a “Portfolio Fund Manager”). Direct Investments made alongside a fund or account managed by, or through a collective investment vehicle established by, a Portfolio Fund Manager are typically investment opportunities offered to investors on a co‑investment basis. The Fund may also acquire Direct Investments from third-party investors. |
The Fund will seek to invest across varying geographic regions (e.g., North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific and Latin America) and industries and employ various strategies typical of private equity investing, including, but not limited to, growth capital, special situations, venture capital, buyouts, private infrastructure and real assets. The allocation of the Fund’s assets to different strategies and regions will largely depend on the maturity and depth of the private equity market in the applicable strategy or region. The Private Equity Sleeve may, from time to time, also hold publicly traded equity securities that were initially acquired by the Fund in a privately negotiated transaction where the relevant Portfolio Company subsequently engaged in a public offering of its securities. |
Under normal market conditions, BCIA expects that the Private Equity Sleeve will be comprised primarily of (i) interests in Portfolio Funds that have been acquired from third party investors in secondary transactions or as part of sponsor‑led continuation vehicles (“Secondary Investments”), where the Portfolio Funds seek to employ the same types of private equity investment strategies as the Fund; and (ii) Direct Investments. Secondary Investments may be acquired by the Fund in privately negotiated transactions with third party investors or the sponsors of such Portfolio Funds and may involve the purchase of interests in a single Portfolio Fund or the purchase of a portfolio of interests in multiple Portfolio Funds having the same or different Portfolio Fund Managers. Acquisitions of Secondary Investments other than sponsor‑led continuation vehicles are expected to occur most frequently after the end of the relevant Portfolio Fund’s fundraising period. Secondary Investments other than sponsor‑led continuation vehicles are typically made in Portfolio Funds that are fully invested in Portfolio Companies and are further along in their development pattern. The Fund’s Secondary Investments will be made across vintage years (i.e., the year in which a Portfolio Fund begins investing in Portfolio Companies). Generally, under normal |
market conditions, the Fund intends its exposure to Direct Investments to outweigh its allocation to Secondary Investments. |
The investment strategies that may characterize Direct Investments or that may be pursued by the Portfolio Funds in which the Fund may acquire an interest include, but are not limited to: |
• | Growth Investments. Growth investments are typically minority investments with little or no leverage in fast-growing companies that seek capital for further expansion. Growth equity strategies have the potential to provide attractive upside in a private equity portfolio, provided there is strong underlying growth of the respective economy or specific sector. |
• | Special Situations. The objective of special situations investments is to invest in underperforming or distressed companies and facilitate a turnaround in companies which may go through a bankruptcy or other restructuring process. The Fund will typically seek to make Direct Investments in special situations by investing alongside Portfolio Funds that have this investment objective. |
• | Venture Capital. Venture capital investments are typically made in new and emerging companies, often in the technology and healthcare sectors. Companies financed by venture capital are generally not cash flow positive at the time of investment and may require several rounds of financing before the company can be sold privately or taken public. The Fund expects that venture capital investments will represent a less significant portion of the Fund’s portfolio. |
• | Buyouts. The standard buyout or leveraged buyout involves the acquisition or recapitalization of existing companies or divisions of businesses in order to reposition them for growth and operational improvement. Buyouts may involve carve-outs of larger organizations or the purchase of family-owned enterprises with the ability to expand. The Fund will typically seek to invest in control buyout strategies by investing alongside Portfolio Funds that obtain operating control through majority ownership and a voting majority on the board. The Fund may seek to mitigate risk by diversifying across various sizes of the buyout industry that are perceived as the most attractive as well as by investing in multiple geographies, industries and alongside multiple Portfolio Funds. |
• | Private Infrastructure. Private infrastructure investments typically include investments in equity securities of companies that focus on utilities and/or transportation infrastructure. |
• | Real Assets. Investments in real assets typically involve seeking to gain exposure to real estate, physical commodities, natural resources (such as agriculture or timber) and/or precious metals. |
BCIA expects to use a broad range of resources to identify Portfolio Companies and Portfolio Funds for investment and to leverage the global research capabilities of BlackRock Private Equity Partners (“PEP”), an internal business unit of BCIA, and PEP’s established relationships with Portfolio Fund Managers, company management teams and sell-side market participants. |
BCIA’s sourcing of investments in Portfolio Companies and Portfolio Funds will include both bottom‑up fund selection and top‑down asset allocation analyses, with the goal of constructing a balanced portfolio of investments with the potential for strong performance, and involves a combination of quantitative and qualitative analyses supported by active market coverage and systematic investment monitoring. See “The Fund’s Investments—Investment Objective and Strategy” in the prospectus. |
The Fund may invest, directly and through its investments in Portfolio Funds, in equity securities of companies of any market capitalization located anywhere in the world, including companies located in emerging markets. Foreign securities in which the Fund may invest may be U.S. dollar-denominated or non‑U.S. dollar-denominated. |
With respect to the Income-Focused Sleeve managed by BAL, the Fund may invest in fixed-income securities across several investment sectors, including, but not limited to: fixed-income securities rated below investment grade (which are commonly referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds), investment grade corporate bonds, fixed-income securities issued by governmental entities (including supranational entities), their agencies and instrumentalities, mezzanine investments, senior secured floating rate and fixed rate loans, second lien loans, bank loans and other fixed and floating or variable rate debt obligations. The Fund may invest in such fixed-income securities of issuers located in the United States and non‑U.S. countries, including emerging market countries. There is no limit on the maturity or duration of securities in which the Fund may invest. While the amount of the Fund’s net assets allocated to the Income-Focused Sleeve may vary over time as investors subscribe for Shares and if the Fund repurchases Shares in connection with periodic tender offers, the Advisor anticipates allocating no more than 20% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (calculated at the time of investment) to investments in the Income-Focused Sleeve under normal conditions. |
The Fund may invest any amount of its assets allocated to the Income-Focused Sleeve in securities of any credit quality, including securities that are rated at the time of investment below investment grade—i.e., “Ba” or “BB” or below by Moody’s Investor’s Service, |
Inc. (“Moody’s”), S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”), or securities that are judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisor. Securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” or “high yield securities.” In the case of debt securities with split ratings (i.e., a security receiving two different ratings from two different rating agencies), the Fund will apply the higher of the applicable ratings. See “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk” in the prospectus. |
The Advisor also may invest a portion of the Fund’s assets allocated to the Income-Focused Sleeve in publicly traded equity securities and, subject to applicable regulatory limits, the securities of affiliated and unaffiliated ETFs that are designed to track the performance of a securities index. |
The Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts, enter into various interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors or collars, currency transactions such as currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps or options on currency or currency futures and swap contracts (including, but not limited to, credit default swaps) and may purchase and sell exchange-listed and OTC put and call options on securities and swap contracts, financial indices and futures contracts and use other derivative instruments (collectively, “Strategic Transactions”). The Fund may use Strategic Transactions for hedging purposes or to enhance total return. Additionally, the Fund may enter into any type of Strategic Transaction for the purpose or effect of creating investment leverage in a limited manner or subject to a limit on leverage risk calculated based on value‑at‑risk, as required by Rule 18f‑4 under the Investment Company Act. See “The Fund’s Investments—Portfolio Contents and Techniques—Strategic Transactions.” |
It is expected that the Fund will invest a portion of the assets allocated to the Private Equity Sleeve in Portfolio Funds and Direct Investments indirectly through one or more wholly owned subsidiaries formed in one or more jurisdictions and treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes (each, a “Blocker Subsidiary,” and together, the “Blocker Subsidiaries”). The Fund typically expects to invest indirectly through the Blocker Subsidiaries if it believes it is desirable to do so to comply with the requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”). For example, the Fund may hold equity interests in an operating Portfolio Company conducted in “pass-through” form (i.e., as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) through a taxable domestic or non‑U.S. Blocker Subsidiary, or may invest in commodities through a non‑U.S. Blocker Subsidiary, because such an investment, if made directly, would produce income that is not qualifying income for a |
RIC. Any Blocker Subsidiary organized in the United States will generally be subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax at corporate rates. In general, in order to comply with the diversification requirements under Subchapter M of the Code, the Fund may not invest more than 25% of the value of its assets in the stock of one or more Blocker Subsidiaries that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses. A determination that two or more Blocker Subsidiaries are in the same or similar or related trades or businesses, and thus subject to a single 25% limitation under the diversification tests, could limit the Fund’s ability to pursue a particular investment. |
The Blocker Subsidiaries will not be registered under the Investment Company Act and will not be subject to the investor protections of the Investment Company Act. The Blocker Subsidiaries will have the same investment objective as the Fund and be advised or managed by the Advisor, except that any portion of the assets allocated to the Private Equity Sleeve and invested indirectly through a Blocker Subsidiary will be managed by the Sub‑Advisor. The Advisor and the Sub‑Advisor will not receive an additional management or sub‑advisory fee, as applicable, for any services provided to any Blocker Subsidiary. The Fund will look through any Blocker Subsidiaries for purposes of compliance with its investment policies and the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act relating to capital structure, leverage, affiliated transactions and custody. See “Risks—Subsidiary Risk” in the prospectus. |
Other Strategies. The Fund currently does not intend to commit any portion of the assets of the Private Equity Sleeve to making capital commitments on a primary basis to blind pool Portfolio Funds during their initial fundraising period (each, a “Primary Investment”). However, in limited circumstances, the Fund may enter into a commitment to make a Primary Investment, and subsequently make such Primary Investment, in connection with the acquisition of an interest in an established Portfolio Fund from a third party investor in a Secondary Investment. It is possible that BCIA may, in the future, cause the Fund to participate in Primary Investments more generally. Pursuant to certain policies adopted by the Board, BCIA may need to seek the approval of the Board to make such investments. BCIA may also cause the Fund to invest in other investment strategies or use other investment techniques not currently described in this prospectus if BCIA determines that any such opportunity is appropriate for the Fund based on its then-current circumstances and Fund policies. |
During temporary defensive periods (i.e., in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions) and the period during which the net proceeds of this offering are being invested, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its total assets in liquid, short-term investments, including high quality, short-term securities. The Fund may not achieve its investment objective under these circumstances. |
The Fund may lend securities with a value of up to 33 1/3% of its total assets (including such loans) to financial institutions that provide cash or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government as collateral. |
Unless otherwise stated herein or in the SAI, the Fund’s investment policies are non‑fundamental policies and may be changed by the Board without prior shareholder approval. The Fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Board without prior shareholder approval. |
For a discussion of risk factors that may affect the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective, see “Risks.” |
Leverage | The Fund may use leverage to seek to achieve its investment objective or for liquidity (i.e., to finance the repurchase of Shares and/or bridge the financing of investments in the Private Equity Sleeve pending the acceptance of funds from investor subscriptions). The Fund’s use of leverage may increase or decrease from time to time in its discretion and the Fund may, in the future, determine not to use leverage. |
The Fund is permitted to borrow money in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its Managed Assets (50% of its net assets), issue preferred shares in an amount up to 50% of its Managed Assets (100% of its net assets), and invest in reverse repurchase agreements or other derivative instruments with leverage embedded in them in a limited manner or subject to a limit on leverage risk calculated based on value‑at‑risk, as required by Rule 18f‑4 under the Investment Company Act. The use of leverage creates an opportunity for increased investment returns, but also creates risks for the holders of Shares. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including any assets attributable to money borrowed for investment purposes) minus the sum of the Fund’s accrued liabilities (other than money borrowed for investment purposes). See “Leverage.” |
The use of leverage, if employed, is subject to numerous risks. When leverage is employed, the Fund’s NAV and any distributions to holders of the Fund’s common shares will be more volatile than if leverage was not used. For example, if short-term interest rates continue to rise, they may reach a level at which those rates exceed the return earned on securities purchased with leverage, which would result in a reduced yield and cause the Fund’s NAV to decline more than if the Fund had not used leverage. No assurance can be given that the Fund’s use of leverage will in any particular circumstance be possible or successful. See “Risks—Leverage Risk.” |
Investment Adviser and Investment Sub‑Adviser | BlackRock Advisors, LLC is the Fund’s investment adviser. BlackRock Capital Investment Advisors, LLC serves as sub‑adviser to the Fund. |
The Advisor and the Sub‑Advisor are subsidiaries of BlackRock. The Advisor receives a management fee at an annual rate equal to 1.75% of the Fund’s net assets determined monthly (before the accrual of the distribution fee and the management fee for that month and after the accrual of any expense reimbursements owed to the Fund by the Advisor pursuant to the Expense Agreement (as defined below) for that month). The Advisor has contractually agreed to reduce its net management fee to an annual rate of 1.00% until December 31, 2024, unless otherwise extended by agreement between the Fund and the Advisor. See “Management of the Fund—Investment Management Agreement.” The Advisor, and not the Fund, expects to pay an annual sub‑advisory fee to the Sub‑Advisor equal to a percentage of the management fee received by the Advisor from the Fund with respect to the Fund’s month‑end net assets allocated to the Sub‑Advisor. |
The management fee is in addition to any asset-based fees, carried interests, expenses, incentive allocations or fees charged by Portfolio Funds and indirectly borne by Fund investors. See “Management of the Fund—Advisor and Sub‑Advisor” in the prospectus. |
Effective as of November 15, 2023, the Fund has entered into an Amended and Restated Expense Limitation Agreement (the “Expense Agreement”) pursuant to which the Advisor has agreed to waive and/or reimburse certain operating and other expenses of the Fund in order to limit certain expenses to 0.50% of the Fund’s average monthly value of the net assets of each share class (the “Expense Cap”). Prior to November 15, 2023, the Advisor agreed to waive and/or reimburse certain operating and other expenses of the Fund in order to limit certain expenses to 0.75% of the Fund’s average quarterly value of the net assets of each share class pursuant to a prior expense limitation agreement that was in effect from the commencement of operations of the Fund until November 15, 2023. Subject to the terms of the Expense Agreement and provided that the Fund has more than $50 million in assets and BlackRock or an affiliate serves as the Fund’s investment adviser or administrator, expenses borne by the Advisor in the prior two fiscal years of the Fund are subject to recoupment by the Advisor. Such recoupment arrangement will terminate on December 31, 2027. The Fund will carry forward any waivers and/or reimbursements of fees and expenses in excess of the Expanse Cap and repay the Advisor such amount provided the Fund is able to do so without exceeding the lesser of (1) the expense limit in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement, as applicable, or (2) the expense limit in effect at the time of recoupment after giving effect to the repayment. The Expense Agreement continues from year to year if approved by a majority of the Fund’s Trustees who are not “interested persons,” as defined in the Investment Company Act, of the Fund (the “Independent Trustees”). The current term of the Expense Agreement expires on June 30, 2025. The Expense Agreement may be terminated prior to June 30, 2025 only by action of a majority of the Independent |
Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act). See “Management of the Fund—Investment Management Agreement—Expense Agreement” in the prospectus for more information regarding operating and other expenses that the Advisor has agreed to waive and/or reimburse pursuant to the Expense Agreement. |
Distributions; Dividend Reinvestment Plan | The Fund intends to make distributions on an annual basis in aggregate amounts representing substantially all of the Fund’s investment company taxable income (including realized short-term capital gains), if any, earned during the year. Distributions may also include net capital gains, if any. |
Shareholders will automatically have all dividends and distributions reinvested in Shares of the Fund in accordance with the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan, unless an election is made to receive cash by contacting the Reinvestment Plan Agent (as defined herein). All correspondence concerning the Reinvestment Plan should be directed to the Reinvestment Plan Agent, in writing to: BlackRock Private Investments Fund c/o State Street Bank and Trust Company, 1 Heritage Drive, North Quincy, MA 02171. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” in the prospectus. |
Share Classes; Purchase of Common Shares | The Fund currently offers two classes of common shares of beneficial interest (“Shares”) of the Fund: Institutional Shares and Class D Shares. Neither Institutional Shares nor Class D Shares are subject to any sales load or asset-based distribution fee. Class D Shares are subject to a shareholder servicing fee that will accrue at an annual rate equal to 0.25%. The Fund may in the future register and include other classes of Shares in the offering. |
Subscriptions for Shares will be accepted as of the first business day of each month or at such other times as determined in the discretion of the Board (each, a “Closing”). |
In order to subscribe for Shares, an investor’s completed subscription agreement must be returned by the investor (or its financial advisor) to the Fund or its agent in good order, no later than five business day preceding the investment date (the “Agreement Deadline”). If the completed subscription agreement is returned to the Fund or its agent in good order after the Agreement Deadline, it shall be at the Fund’s or its agent’s discretion to accept or reject such subscription for Shares. Funds with respect to any subscription must be received by the Distributor or its agent no later than three business day preceding the investment date (the “Funding Deadline”), and will be held in a non‑interest‑bearing account by the Fund’s transfer agent, prior to the amounts being invested in the Fund. An existing shareholder generally may subscribe for additional Shares by completing an |
additional subscription agreement by the Agreement Deadline and funding such amount by the Funding Deadline. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain access or feeder vehicles, which are offered Shares pursuant to exceptions to registration under the Securities Act and not as part of this offering, may be subject to subscription deadlines of less than five business days preceding the investment date, due to administrative or operational considerations applicable to such vehicles. |
The Fund reserves the right to reject any subscription for Shares, and the Fund may, in its sole discretion, suspend subscriptions for Shares at any time. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, any amount received in advance of a purchase ultimately rejected by the Fund or the Distributor will be returned to the prospective investor without the deduction of any sales load, fees or expenses. |
Shares are being offered through the Distributor at an offering price equal to the NAV as of the most recently completed month end of the applicable class. Subscriptions for Shares must be received by the Fund prior to the date of the applicable Closing or other closing date determined by the Board. Investors whose subscriptions for Shares are accepted as of a particular Closing will become shareholders of the Fund effective as of that Closing. While a shareholder will not know the NAV applicable to its purchase of Shares on the effective date of the Share purchase, the NAV applicable to a purchase of Shares will be available within 20 calendar days after the effective date of the investor’s subscription for Shares, at which time the number of Shares based on that NAV and each shareholder’s purchase will be determined and Shares will be credited to the shareholder’s account. Notice of each subscription for Shares will be furnished to shareholders (or their financial advisor) as soon as practicable after the month end following publication of the Fund’s NAV. |
If a subscription is not accepted by the Fund by the Closing deadline, the subscription will not be accepted at such Closing and the funds will be returned to the investor. The investor’s subscription agreement will be held until the next Closing but the investor will need to resend funding prior to the following month’s Closing. |
Generally, the stated minimum initial investment by an investor in the Fund is $1,000,000 for Institutional Shares and $25,000 for Class D Shares. For Institutional Shares, the minimum initial investment is waived or reduced for certain eligible investors as described under “Plan of Distribution—Minimum Investments.” The minimum initial investment for each class of Shares may be modified or waived by the Fund and the Distributor for the Trustees and certain employees of BlackRock, Inc., including its affiliates, vehicles controlled by such Trustees and employees and their extended family members. See “Plan of Distribution” in the prospectus. |
Eligibility | Although the Shares will be registered under the 1933 Act, the Shares will be sold only to investors that are “accredited investors” as defined in Regulation D under the 1933 Act (“Eligible Investors”). Existing investors seeking to purchase additional Shares will be required to qualify as Eligible Investors at the time of the additional purchase. Each prospective investor will be required to complete a subscription agreement certifying that the Shares being purchased are being acquired by an Eligible Investor. See “Eligible Investors.” |
Shareholder Servicing Fee on Class D Shares | Institutional Shares are not subject to a distribution or shareholder servicing fee. Class D Shares are subject to an ongoing shareholder servicing fee (the “Servicing Fee”) to compensate financial industry professionals for providing ongoing services in respect of clients who own Shares of the Fund (and not for distribution services). Under the terms of the SEC exemptive relief relied upon by the Fund to offer multiple classes of Shares (the “Multi-Class Exemptive Relief”), the Fund is subject to Rule 12b‑1 under the Investment Company Act. Accordingly, the Fund has adopted an amended and restated distribution and servicing plan (the “Distribution and Servicing Plan”) and pays the Servicing Fee under such plan. The Distribution and Servicing Plan operates in a manner consistent with Rule 12b‑1 under the Investment Company Act. |
Distributor | BlackRock Investments, LLC, an affiliate of the Fund and the Advisor, acts as distributor for the Shares and serves in that capacity on a reasonable best efforts basis, subject to various conditions. The principal business address of the Distributor is 50 Hudson Yards, New York, NY 10001. The Shares are offered for sale through the Distributor at NAV. With respect to Class D Shares, the Fund will pay the Distributor the Servicing Fee. The Distributor may appoint additional selling agents (each a “Selling Agent”) or other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase Shares. Selling Agents or other financial intermediaries may impose terms and conditions on investor accounts and investments in the Fund that are in addition to the terms and conditions set forth in this prospectus. Any terms and conditions imposed by a Selling Agent or other financial intermediary, or operational limitations applicable to such parties, may affect or limit a shareholder’s ability to purchase the Shares or tender the Shares for repurchase, or otherwise transact business with the Fund. |
Institutional Shares and Class D Shares are not subject to a sales load; however, investors may be required to pay brokerage commissions on purchases or sales of Institutional Shares or Class D Shares to their Selling Agents. Investors should consult with their Selling Agents about any additional fees or charges their Selling Agents might impose on each class of Shares in addition to any fees imposed by the Fund. Institutional Shares are not subject to the Servicing Fee but are only available through the Distributor or an asset-based fee program |
sponsored by a registered broker-dealer or registered investment adviser (also known as a “wrap fee” program) that has an agreement with the Distributor. |
Additionally, the Advisor or its affiliates, in the Advisor’s discretion and from its own resources, may pay additional compensation to Selling Agents in connection with the sale of Shares (the “Additional Compensation”). In return for the Additional Compensation, the Fund may receive certain marketing advantages including but not limited to access to a broker’s or dealer’s registered representatives, placement on a list of investment options offered by a broker or dealer, or the ability to assist in training and educating the broker’s or dealer’s registered representatives. The Additional Compensation may differ among brokers or dealers in amount or in the amount of calculation. Payments of Additional Compensation may be fixed dollar amounts or, based on the aggregate value of outstanding Shares held by common shareholders introduced by the broker or dealer, or determined in some other manner. The receipt of Additional Compensation by a selling broker or dealer may create potential conflicts of interest between an investor and its broker or dealer who is recommending the Fund over other potential investments. |
See “Plan of Distribution” in the prospectus. |
No Redemptions; Repurchase of Fund Shares | No investor will have the right to require the Fund to redeem Shares. The Fund may from time to time offer to repurchase Shares from investors in accordance with written tenders by investors at those times, in those amounts, and on such terms and conditions as the Board may determine in its sole discretion. It is expected that, under normal market circumstances, the Advisor generally will recommend to the Board, subject to the Board’s discretion, that any such tender offer would be for an amount that is not more than 5% of the Fund’s net asset value, although any particular recommendation may exceed that percentage. If a tender offer is oversubscribed by shareholders, the Fund may decide to repurchase only a pro rata portion of the Shares tendered by each shareholder, or take any other action permitted by the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act and described in the written tender offer notice to shareholders. In determining whether the Fund should offer to repurchase Shares from shareholders, the Board will consider the recommendations of the Advisor as to the timing of such an offer, as well as a variety of operational, business and economic factors. The Advisor currently expects that it will generally recommend to the Board that the Fund offer to repurchase Shares from shareholders quarterly with tender offer valuation dates occurring on the last business day of March, June, September and December (each, a “Valuation Date”); however, there can be no assurance that any such tender offers will be conducted on a quarterly basis or at all. |
The Fund is not required to conduct tender offers and may be less likely to conduct tenders during periods of exceptional market conditions. |
A 2.00% early repurchase fee payable to the Fund may be charged to any shareholder that tenders its Shares (or portion thereof) to the Fund unless the Valuation Date for the tender offer is on (or later than) the last business day of the month immediately preceding the month in which the one‑year anniversary of the Closing at which the shareholder subscribed for such Shares (or portion thereof) occurred. This early repurchase fee would apply separately to each purchase of Shares made by a shareholder. Shares tendered for repurchase and subject to the early repurchase fee will be treated as having been repurchased on a “first‑in, first‑out” basis. Any early repurchase fee charged to shareholders will be retained by the Fund and will benefit the Fund’s remaining shareholders. The purpose of the 2.00% early repurchase fee is to reimburse the Fund for the costs incurred in liquidating securities in the Fund’s portfolio in order to honor the shareholder’s repurchase request and to discourage short-term investments which are generally disruptive to the Fund’s investment program. If applicable, the early repurchase fee will be deducted from the proceeds paid to the shareholder. |
The Fund may, in its sole discretion, waive the early repurchase fee (a) for tenders where the fee collected from an individual shareholder would be de minimis as a percentage of the Fund’s net assets on the Valuation Date for the tender offer (e.g., the fee collected would be less than the lesser of 0.005% of the Fund’s net assets on the Valuation Date for the tender offer or $5,000) or (b) in circumstances where a shareholder can demonstrate that it would suffer severe hardship as a result of paying the early repurchase fee. |
The Declaration of Trust grants the Board the authority to repurchase the Shares, or any portion of them, of a shareholder or any person acquiring shares from or through a shareholder, without consent or other action by the shareholder or other person. The Fund’s ability to repurchase its Shares may be limited by the Investment Company Act. |
Restrictions on Transfer | With very limited exceptions, Shares are not transferable, and liquidity for investments in Shares may be provided only through periodic tender offers by the Fund. If a shareholder attempts to transfer shares in violation of the Fund’s transfer restrictions, the transfer will not be permitted and will be void. |
Unlisted Closed‑End Fund | The Shares are not listed on any securities exchange. The Fund is designed for long-term investors and an investment in the Shares, unlike an investment in a traditional listed closed‑end fund, should be considered illiquid. An investment in the Shares is not suitable for investors who need access to the money they invest. Unlike shares of |
open‑end funds (commonly known as mutual funds), which generally are redeemable on a daily basis, the Shares are not redeemable at an investor’s option, and unlike traditional listed closed‑end funds the Shares are not listed on any securities exchange. Notwithstanding that the Fund may conduct periodic tender offers, investors should not expect to be able to sell their Shares when and/or in the amount desired regardless of how the Fund performs. See “Closed‑End Fund Structure” in the prospectus. |
Custodian and Transfer Agent | State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) serves as the Fund’s custodian and transfer agent. |
Administrator | State Street serves as the Fund’s administrator and fund accountant. |
Taxation | The Fund intends to elect and to qualify each year to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. So long as it qualifies as a RIC, the Fund generally will not have to pay corporate level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that the Fund distributes to holders of its Shares as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To qualify as a RIC, the Fund must, among other things, meet certain source‑of‑income, asset diversification, and distribution requirements. Fund dividends generally will be characterized as ordinary dividend income or capital gains to the shareholders, whether or not they are reinvested in Shares. A portion of the Fund’s dividends may be eligible for the reduced U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to “qualified dividend income” for individuals and the dividends received deduction for corporations. The Fund will inform shareholders of the amount and character of its distributions to shareholders. A shareholder that is exempt from federal income tax on its income generally will not be subject to tax on amounts distributed to it by the Fund, provided that such shareholder’s acquisition of its Shares is not debt-financed within the meaning of section 514 of the Code. See “Tax Matters.” |
For the purpose of satisfying certain of the requirements for qualification as a RIC, the Fund may be required to “look through” to the character of the income, assets and investments held by certain Portfolio Funds and Portfolio Companies in which the Fund has acquired an interest that are classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, Portfolio Funds generally are not obligated to disclose the contents of their portfolios. This lack of transparency may make it difficult for the Advisor and Sub‑Advisor to monitor the sources of the Fund’s income and the diversification of its assets, and otherwise comply with Subchapter M of the Code, and ultimately may limit the universe of Portfolio Funds in which the Fund can acquire an interest. Furthermore, although the Fund expects to receive information from each Portfolio Fund Manager regarding its investment performance on a regular basis, in most cases there is little or no means of independently verifying this information. |
If the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC or fails to distribute an amount generally at least equal to 90% of the sum of its net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains to shareholders in any taxable year, the Fund would be subject to tax as an ordinary corporation on its taxable income (even if such income and gains were distributed to its shareholders) and all distributions out of earnings and profits to shareholders would be characterized as ordinary dividend income. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before requalifying for taxation as a RIC. |
Principal Risk Considerations | An investment in Shares of the Fund involves risk. You should consider carefully the risks discussed below, which are described in more detail under “Risks” beginning on page 72 of this prospectus. |
Limited Operating History. The Fund is a non‑diversified, closed‑end management investment company with a limited operating history. The Fund has a limited track record and history on which potential investors may evaluate the Fund and its performance. See “Risks—No Operating History.” |
Closed‑End Fund; Illiquidity of Shares. The Fund is designed primarily for long-term investors. An investment in the Shares, unlike an investment in a traditional listed closed‑end fund, should be considered illiquid. The Shares are appropriate only for investors who are comfortable with an investment in less liquid or illiquid portfolio investments within an illiquid fund. An investment in the Shares is not suitable for investors who need access to the money they invest. Unlike open‑end funds (commonly known as mutual funds), which generally permit redemptions on a daily basis, the Shares are not redeemable at an investor’s option. |
Unlike stock of listed closed‑end funds, the Shares are not listed, and are not expected to be listed, for trading on any securities exchange, and the Fund does not expect any secondary market to develop for the Shares in the foreseeable future. The NAV of the Shares may be volatile and the Fund’s use of leverage, if any, will increase this volatility. As the Shares are not traded, investors may not be able to dispose of their investment in the Fund when or in the amount desired, no matter how the Fund performs. |
Risks Associated with Private Company Investments. Private companies are generally not subject to SEC reporting requirements, are not required to maintain their accounting records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and are not required to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting. As a result, the Sub‑Advisor may not have timely or accurate information about the business, financial condition and results of operations of the private companies in which the Fund invests. There is risk that the |
Fund may invest on the basis of incomplete or inaccurate information, which may adversely affect the Fund’s investment performance. Private companies in which the Fund may invest may have limited financial resources, shorter operating histories, more asset concentration risk, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render such private companies more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns. These companies generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position. These companies may have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet future capital needs, which may limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness upon maturity. In addition, the Fund’s investment also may be structured as pay‑in‑kind securities with minimal or no cash interest or dividends until the company meets certain growth and liquidity objectives. See “Risks—Risks Associated with Private Company Investments.” |
Typically, investments in private companies are in restricted securities that are not traded in public markets and are subject to substantial holding periods, so that the Fund may not be able to resell some of its holdings for extended periods, which may be several years. There can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to realize the value of private company investments in a timely manner. See “Risks—Risks Associated with Private Company Investments—Private Company Illiquidity Risk.” |
Pre‑IPO Securities Risk. Investments in pre‑IPO securities involve greater risks than investments in shares of companies that have traded publicly on an exchange for extended periods of time. These investments may present significant opportunities for capital appreciation but involve a high degree of risk that may result in significant decreases in the value of these investments. Issuers of pre‑IPO securities may not have established products, experienced management or earnings history. The Fund may not be able to sell such investments when the Advisor and/or the Subadvisor deems it appropriate to do so because they are not publicly traded. As such, these investments are generally considered to be illiquid until a company’s public offering (which may never occur) and are often subject to additional contractual restrictions on resale following any public offering that may prevent the Fund from selling its shares of these companies for a period of time. See “Risks—Restricted and Illiquid Investments Risk.” Market conditions, developments within a company, investor perception or regulatory decisions may adversely affect an issuer of pre‑IPO securities and delay or prevent such an issuer from ultimately offering its securities to the public. If a |
company does issue shares in an IPO, IPOs are risky and volatile and may cause the value of the Fund’s investment to decrease significantly. |
Preferred Securities Risk. There are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities, including deferral, subordination, limited voting rights, special redemption rights, risks associated with trust preferred securities and risks associated with new types of securities. See “Risks—Preferred Securities Risk.” |
Convertible Securities Risk. Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non‑convertible securities of similar quality. The market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a convertible security exceeds the conversion price, the convertible security tends to reflect the market price of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the convertible security tends to trade increasingly on a yield basis and thus may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock. Synthetic convertible securities are subject to additional risks, including risks associated with derivatives. See “Risks—Convertible Securities Risk.” |
Warrants and Rights Risk. If the price of the underlying stock does not rise above the exercise price before the warrant expires, the warrant generally expires without any value and the Fund loses any amount it paid for the warrant. Thus, investments in warrants may involve substantially more risk than investments in common stock. Warrants may trade in the same markets as their underlying stock; however, the price of the warrant does not necessarily move with the price of the underlying stock. The failure to exercise subscription rights to purchase common stock would result in the dilution of the Fund’s interest in the issuing company. The market for such rights is not well developed, and, accordingly the Fund may not always realize full value on the sale of rights. |
Risks Relating to Dispositions of Portfolio Company Investments Held Through a Separate Entity. In connection with the disposition of an investment in a Portfolio Company, the legal entity that is the holder of the interests in the Portfolio Company may be required to make representations and warranties about the business and financial affairs of such Portfolio Company typical of those made in connection with the sale of any business. The interest holder may also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such Portfolio Company to the extent that any such representations or warranties turn out to be inaccurate or misleading. These arrangements may result in liabilities for the interest holder, and thus possibly for the Fund, depending upon recontribution obligations owed to the legal entity that is the holder of the interest. The Fund may face similar risks with respect to dispositions of its Direct Investments. |
Co‑Investment Transactions Risk. The Fund may co‑invest alongside third-party co‑investors, including through joint ventures or other entities, or with private equity funds in so‑called “club deals.” Such investments may involve risks not present in investments where third parties are not involved, including the possibility that a co‑investor may at any time have economic or business interests or goals which are inconsistent with those of the Fund, may take a different view than that of the Sub‑Advisor as to the appropriate strategy for a co‑investment, may be in a position to take action contrary to the Fund’s investment objective or may become bankrupt or otherwise default on their obligations. Further, in the case of co‑investments that are made available to the Fund by a third party private equity sponsor, it is expected that the sponsor generally will have the ability to exercise control over the transaction. In addition, because one or more Portfolio Funds in which the Fund may hold an interest may invest in any particular club deal, the Fund may be more exposed to the risks associated with the underlying Portfolio Company than it would otherwise prefer. In some cases, the Fund may pay fees such as placement fees, management fees, administrative fees and/or performance fees to private equity sponsors in connection with a co‑investment transaction in which the Fund participates, which fees would be in addition to the fees charged to the Fund by the Advisor and would be indirectly borne by investors in the Fund. |
Risks Relating to Acquiring Secondary Investments. The Fund may acquire Secondary Investments in Portfolio Funds from existing investors in such Portfolio Funds. In such cases, the Fund will not have the opportunity to negotiate the terms of its interests in Portfolio Funds acquired in a secondary transaction, including any special rights or privileges. In addition, valuation of interests in Portfolio Funds acquired in a secondary transaction may be difficult, since there generally will be no established market for such interests or for the securities of Portfolio Companies which such Portfolio Funds may own. Moreover, the purchase price paid for a Secondary Investment is subject to negotiation with the seller of such interest. In some cases, the Fund may pay fees such as placement fees to an intermediary in connection with acquiring Portfolio Fund interests in a secondary transaction, which fees would be in addition to the fees borne by the Fund as an investor in the Portfolio Fund and the fees charged to the Fund by the Advisor. The overall performance of the Fund may depend in part on the acquisition price paid by the Fund for its Secondary Investments and the structure of such acquisitions. The Sub‑Advisor may have the opportunity to acquire, for the account of the Fund, a portfolio of Secondary Investments from a seller on an “all or nothing” basis. In some such cases, certain of the Secondary Investments in the portfolio may be less attractive than others, and certain of the managers of the Portfolio Funds in which interests will be acquired in a secondary transaction may be more experienced or highly regarded than others. Investments in sponsor‑led continuation vehicles involve many of the risks associated with a primary |
investment in a Portfolio Fund, although such investments are not anticipated to be made on a “blind pool” basis. See “Risks—Risks Relating to Acquiring Secondary Investments” and “—Portfolio Fund Risks” in the prospectus. |
Portfolio Fund Risks. The Fund’s investments in Portfolio Funds are subject to a number of risks, including: |
• | Portfolio Fund interests held by the Fund are expected to be illiquid, their marketability may be restricted and the realization of investments from them may take considerable time and/or be costly. |
• | Portfolio Fund interests are ordinarily valued based upon valuations provided by the Portfolio Fund Managers, which may be received on a delayed basis. Certain securities in which the Portfolio Funds invest may not have a readily ascertainable market price and are fair valued by the Portfolio Fund Managers. A Portfolio Fund Manager may face a conflict of interest in valuing such securities since their values may have an impact on the Portfolio Fund Manager’s compensation. The Fund intends to invest in Portfolio Funds that require an annual independent audit of their financial statements, which includes testing of portfolio valuations made by the Portfolio Fund Manager. The Sub‑Advisor will review and perform due diligence on the valuation procedures used by each Portfolio Fund Manager and monitor the returns provided by the Portfolio Funds. However, neither the Sub‑Advisor nor the Board is able to confirm the accuracy of valuations provided by Portfolio Fund Managers. Inaccurate valuations provided by Portfolio Funds could materially adversely affect the value of Shares. |
• | The Fund may pay asset-based fees and performance-based fees in respect of its interests in Portfolio Funds. Such fees and performance-based compensation are in addition to the fees charged to the Fund by the Advisor. Moreover, an investor in the Fund will indirectly bear a proportionate share of the expenses of the Portfolio Funds, in addition to its proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund. Thus, an investor in the Fund may be subject to higher operating expenses than if the investor invested in the Portfolio Funds directly. Investors could avoid the additional level of fees and expenses of the Fund by investing directly with the Portfolio Funds, although access to many Portfolio Funds may be limited or unavailable, and may not be permitted for investors who do not meet the substantial minimum net worth and other criteria for investment in Portfolio Funds. |
• | Performance-based fees charged by Portfolio Fund Managers may create incentives for the Portfolio Fund Managers to make |
risky investments, and may be payable by the Fund to a Portfolio Fund Manager based on a Portfolio Fund’s positive returns even if the Fund’s overall returns are negative. |
• | Portfolio Funds generally are not registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act; therefore, the Fund, as an investor in Portfolio Funds, will not have the benefit of the protections afforded by the Investment Company Act. Portfolio Fund Managers may not be registered as investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), in which case the Fund, as an investor in Portfolio Funds managed by such Portfolio Fund Managers, will not have the benefit of certain of the protections afforded by the Advisers Act. |
• | Some of Portfolio Funds in which the Fund will invest may have only limited operating histories. |
• | There is a risk that the Fund may be precluded from acquiring interests in certain Portfolio Funds due to regulatory implications under the Investment Company Act or other laws, rules and regulations or may be limited in the amount it can invest in voting securities of Portfolio Funds. For example, the Fund is required to disclose the names and current fair market value of its investments in Portfolio Funds on a periodic basis, and a Portfolio Fund may object to public disclosure concerning the Fund’s investment and the valuation of such investment. Similarly, because of the Sub‑Advisor’s actual and potential fiduciary duties to its current and future clients, the Sub‑Advisor may limit the Fund’s ability to access or invest in certain Portfolio Funds. For example, the Sub‑Advisor may believe that the Fund’s disclosure obligations or other regulatory implications under the Investment Company Act may adversely affect the ability of such other clients to access, or invest in, a Portfolio Fund. Furthermore, an investment by the Fund could cause the Fund and other funds managed or sub‑advised by the Sub‑Advisor to become affiliated persons of a Portfolio Fund under the Investment Company Act and prevent them from engaging in certain transactions. The Fund may forego certain voting rights with respect to the Portfolio Funds in an effort to avoid “affiliated person” status under the Investment Company Act. The Sub‑Advisor may also refrain from including a Portfolio Fund in the Fund’s portfolio in order to address adverse regulatory implications that would arise under the Investment Company Act for the Fund and the Sub‑Advisor’s other clients if such an investment was made. In addition, the Fund’s ability to invest may be affected by considerations under other laws, rules or regulations. Such regulatory restrictions, including those arising under the Investment Company Act, may cause the Fund to invest in different Portfolio Funds than other clients of the Sub‑Advisor. |
• | Although the Sub‑Advisor will seek to receive detailed information from each Portfolio Fund regarding its historical performance and business strategy, in most cases the Sub‑Advisor will have little or no means of independently verifying this information. A Portfolio Fund may use proprietary investment strategies that are not fully disclosed to the Sub‑Advisor, which may involve risks under some market conditions that are not anticipated by the Sub‑Advisor. |
• | The Fund may receive from a Portfolio Fund an in‑kind distribution of securities that may be illiquid or difficult to value and difficult to dispose of. |
• | The Fund may be required to make incremental contributions pursuant to capital calls issued from time to time by a Portfolio Fund. The Fund expects to allocate a portion of its Managed Assets to the Income-Focused Sleeve in part for the purpose of funding capital calls. |
• | If the Fund fails to satisfy capital calls to a Portfolio Fund in a timely manner then, generally, it will be subject to significant penalties, including the complete forfeiture of the Fund’s investment in the Portfolio Fund. Any failure by the Fund to make timely capital contributions may (i) impair the ability of the Fund to pursue its investment program, (ii) force the Fund to borrow, (iii) cause the Fund to be subject to certain penalties from the Portfolio Funds, or (iv) otherwise impair the value of the Fund’s investments (including the devaluation of the Fund). |
• | A Portfolio Fund Manager may focus on a particular industry or sector, which may subject the Portfolio Fund, and thus the Fund, to greater risk and volatility than if investments had been made in issuers in a broader range of industries. Likewise, a Portfolio Fund Manager may focus on a particular country or geographic region, which may subject the Portfolio Fund, and thus the Fund, to greater risk and volatility than if investments had been made in issuers in a broader range of geographic regions. |
• | Portfolio Funds in which the Fund will acquire an interest may pursue different strategies or establish positions in different geographic regions or industries that, depending on market conditions, could experience offsetting returns. |
• | Although the Fund will be an investor in the Portfolio Funds, investors in the Fund will not themselves be equity holders of the Portfolio Funds and will not be entitled to enforce any rights directly against the Portfolio Funds or the Portfolio Fund Managers or assert claims directly against the Portfolio Funds, the Portfolio Fund Managers or their respective affiliates. |
Shareholders will have no right to receive the information issued by the Portfolio Funds that may be available to the Fund as an investor in the Portfolio Funds. |
Illiquid Investments and Restricted Securities Risk. Most, if not all, of the Fund’s investments made through the Private Equity Sleeve will be highly illiquid, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to realize on such investments in a timely manner. Illiquidity may result from the absence of an established market for the Fund’s investments, as well as legal or contractual restrictions on their resale by the Fund. It is anticipated that almost all of the Portfolio Companies in which a Portfolio Fund or the Fund may invest will be subject to restrictions on sale by the relevant Portfolio Fund or the Fund, as applicable, because they were acquired from the issuer in “private placement” transactions. In addition, the Fund’s investments by their nature are often difficult or time consuming to liquidate. See “Risks—Illiquid Investments and Restricted Securities Risk.” |
Investments in Non‑Voting Stock. The Fund may hold its investment in a Portfolio Company or Portfolio Fund in whole or in part in non‑voting form in order to avoid being deemed to be an “affiliated person” of such Portfolio Company or Portfolio Fund within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. To the extent the Fund invests in non‑voting securities or contractually waives the right to vote, the Fund will not be able to vote on matters that may be adverse to the Fund’s interests, which may consequently adversely affect the Fund and its investors. |
Non‑Diversified Status. The Fund is a non‑diversified fund. As defined in the Investment Company Act, a non‑diversified fund may invest a significant part of its investments in a smaller number of issuers than can a diversified fund. Having a larger percentage of assets in a smaller number of issuers makes a non‑diversified fund more susceptible to risk, as one single event or occurrence can have a significant adverse impact upon the Fund. |
Investment Risk. An investment in the Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire amount that you invest. The Shares are designed for long-term investors, and the Fund should not be treated as a trading vehicle. At any point in time an investment in the Shares may be worth less than the original amount invested, even after taking into account distributions paid by the Fund. During periods in which the Fund may use leverage, the Fund’s investment and certain other risks will be magnified. |
Effect of Additional Subscriptions. The Fund intends to accept additional subscriptions for Shares, and such subscriptions will dilute the interest of existing shareholders in the Fund. |
Best-Efforts Offering Risk. This offering is being made on a reasonable best efforts basis, whereby the Distributor is only required to use its reasonable best efforts to sell the Shares and neither it nor any Selling Agent has a firm commitment or obligation to purchase any of the Shares. To the extent that less than the maximum number of Shares is subscribed for, the opportunity for the allocation of the Fund’s investments among various issuers and industries may be decreased, and the returns achieved on those investments may be reduced as a result of allocating all of the Fund’s expenses over a smaller capital base. As a result, the Fund may be unable to achieve its investment objective and an investor could lose some or all of the value of his or her investment in the Shares. The Distributor is an affiliate of the Fund and the Advisor. As a result, the Distributor’s due diligence review and investigation of the Fund and this prospectus cannot be considered to be an independent review. |
Valuation Risk. The Fund is subject to valuation risk, which is the risk that one or more of the securities in which the Fund invests are valued at prices that the Fund is unable to obtain upon sale due to factors such as incomplete data, market instability or human error. The Advisor may, but is not required to, use an independent pricing service or prices provided by dealers to value securities at their market value. Because the secondary markets for certain investments may be limited, such instruments may be difficult to value. See “Net Asset Value.” When market quotations are not available, the Advisor may price such investments pursuant to a number of methodologies, such as computer-based analytical modeling or individual security evaluations. These methodologies generate approximations of market values, and there may be significant professional disagreement about the best methodology for a particular type of financial instrument or different methodologies that might be used under different circumstances. In the absence of an actual market transaction, reliance on such methodologies is essential, but may introduce significant variances in the ultimate valuation of the Fund’s investments. Technological issues and/or errors by pricing services or other third-party service providers may also impact the Fund’s ability to value its investments and the calculation of the Fund’s NAV. |
When market quotations are not readily available or are believed by the Advisor to be unreliable, the Advisor will fair value the Fund’s investments in accordance with its policies and procedures. Fair value represents a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of an asset or liability held by the Fund is the amount the Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or the cost to extinguish that liability in an arm’s‑length transaction. Fair value pricing may require determinations that are inherently subjective and inexact about the value of a security or other asset. As a result, there can be no assurance that fair value priced assets will not result in future adjustments to the prices of securities or other assets, or that fair |
value pricing will reflect a price that the Fund is able to obtain upon sale, and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security or other asset will be materially different from quoted or published prices, from the prices used by others for the same security or other asset and/or from the value that actually could be or is realized upon the sale of that security or other asset. For example, the Fund’s NAV could be adversely affected if the Fund’s determinations regarding the fair value of the Fund’s investments were materially higher than the values that the Fund ultimately realizes upon the disposal of such investments. Where market quotations are not readily available, valuation may require more research than for more liquid investments. See “Risks—Risks Associated with Private Company Investments—Private Company Valuation Risk.” In addition, elements of judgment may play a greater role in valuation in such cases than for investments with a more active secondary market because there is less reliable objective data available. |
The Fund’s NAV per common share is a critical component in several operational matters including computation of advisory and services fees. Consequently, variance in the valuation of the Fund’s investments will impact, positively or negatively, the fees and expenses shareholders will pay. |
Competition for Investment Opportunities. The Fund competes for investments with other investment funds and institutional investors. Certain investors have increasingly begun to invest in areas in which they have not traditionally invested. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities may intensify. Some of the Fund’s competitors are larger and may have greater financial and other resources than the Fund. Furthermore, some of the Fund’s competitors may not be subject to the regulatory restrictions that the Investment Company Act imposes on it as a closed‑end fund. These factors may make it more difficult for the Fund to identify investment opportunities and achieve its investment objective. |
The Fund is prohibited under the Investment Company Act from participating in certain transactions with certain of its affiliates (as well as affiliated persons of such affiliated persons) without relying on an available exemption or the prior approval of the SEC. As a result of such restrictions, the Fund may, for example, be precluded from acquiring the securities of an issuer that is an affiliated person (or an affiliated person of an affiliated person) of the Fund as a result of an investment in the issuer held by other investment funds advised by the Advisor or the Sub‑Advisor. The Investment Company Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with the Fund’s affiliates, which in certain circumstances could include investments in the same Portfolio Fund or Direct Investment, without prior approval from the SEC or reliance on an applicable exemptive rule under the Investment Company Act or other regulatory guidance. |
BCIA and the Fund may rely on exemptive relief that permits the portion of the Fund’s assets that are managed by BCIA to co‑invest with affiliated investment funds advised or sub‑advised by BCIA or its controlled subsidiaries in private transactions where terms other than price are negotiated. Co‑investments in such private transactions made in reliance on the Co‑Investment Order are subject to compliance with the conditions and other requirements contained in the Co‑Investment Order. The Fund generally will not be permitted to co‑invest alongside its affiliates (including any fund managed by the Advisor, the Sub‑Advisor or their respective affiliates) in privately negotiated transactions in which a term other than price is negotiated unless such transactions are covered by the Co‑Investment Order or otherwise permitted under existing regulatory guidance. In some instances, the Fund will not be permitted to invest in privately negotiated transactions in which a term other than price is negotiated where the conditions of the Co‑Investment Order are not able to be satisfied or where the Board has established criteria limiting the Fund’s participation in those types of transactions. In other cases, the conditions of the Co‑Investment Order may preclude the Fund from investing in the securities of an issuer in which an affiliated investment fund already holds an existing investment. |
Pursuant to the terms of the Co‑Investment Order, it is expected that any co‑investment will be made on equal footing with other affiliated investment funds advised or sub‑advised by BCIA, generally including the same terms and conditions. In some cases, the requirement to participate with other affiliated investment funds on the same terms and conditions may result in an investment by the Fund being structured in a manner that differs from how the investment may have been structured if the Fund were not investing in reliance on the Co‑Investment Order. |
Affiliated investment funds currently existing or formed in the future may invest in asset classes similar to those targeted by the Fund. As a result, the Advisor, the Sub‑Advisor and/or their affiliates may face conflicts in allocating investment opportunities between the Fund and such other entities. An investment opportunity that is suitable for multiple clients of the Advisor, the Sub‑Advisor and their affiliates may not be shared among some or all of such clients and affiliates due to the limited scale of the opportunity or other factors, including restrictions imposed by the Investment Company Act or the Fund. Although the Advisor, the Sub‑Advisor and their affiliates, in the aggregate, will allocate investment opportunities to the Fund in what they believe to be a fair and equitable manner over time, it is possible that over time the Fund may not be able to participate in certain investments made by affiliated investment funds that it might otherwise have desired to participate in. |
Non‑U.S. Securities Risk. The Fund may invest in securities of non‑U.S. issuers (“Non‑U.S. Securities”). Such investments involve |
certain risks not involved in domestic investments. Securities markets in foreign countries often are not as developed, efficient or liquid as securities markets in the United States and, therefore, the prices of Non‑U.S. Securities can be more volatile. Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the ability of issuers of Non‑U.S. Securities to make payments of principal and interest or dividends to investors located outside the country. In addition, the Fund will be subject to risks associated with adverse political and economic developments in foreign countries, which could cause the Fund to lose money on its investments in Non‑U.S. Securities. The Fund will be subject to additional risks if it invests in Non‑U.S. Securities, which include seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits. Non‑U.S. Securities may trade on days when the Fund’s common shares are not priced. See “Risks—Non‑U.S. Securities Risk.” |
Emerging Markets Risk. The considerations noted above in “Non‑U.S. Securities Risk” are generally intensified for investments in emerging market countries, including countries that may be considered “frontier” markets. Emerging market countries typically have economic and political systems that are less fully developed and can be expected to be less stable than those of more developed countries. Investing in securities of companies in emerging markets may entail special risks relating to potential political and economic instability and the risks of expropriation, nationalization, confiscation or the imposition of restrictions on foreign investment, the lack of hedging instruments and restrictions on repatriation of capital invested. Economies of such countries can be subject to rapid and unpredictable rates of inflation or deflation. Emerging securities markets are substantially smaller, less developed, less liquid and more volatile than the major securities markets. The limited size of emerging securities markets and limited trading volume compared to the volume of trading in U.S. securities could cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the quality of the securities. For example, limited market size may cause prices to be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions. Adverse publicity and investors’ perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the value and liquidity of portfolio securities, especially in these markets. Other risks include high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of investors and financial intermediaries; overdependence on exports, including gold and natural resources, making these economies vulnerable to changes in commodity prices; overburdened infrastructure and obsolete or unseasoned financial systems; environmental problems; less developed legal systems; and less reliable securities custodial services and settlement practices. Certain emerging markets may also face other significant internal or external risks, including the risk of war and civil unrest. For all of these reasons, investments in emerging markets may be considered speculative. |
Frontier Markets Risk. Frontier countries generally have smaller economies or less developed capital markets than traditional emerging markets, and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier countries. The economies of frontier countries are less correlated to global economic cycles than those of their more developed counterparts and their markets have low trading volumes and the potential for extreme price volatility and illiquidity. This volatility may be further heightened by the actions of a few major investors. For example, a substantial increase or decrease in cash flows of mutual funds investing in these markets could significantly affect local stock prices and, therefore, the NAV of Fund’s Shares. These factors make investing in frontier countries significantly riskier than in other countries and any one of them could cause the NAV of a fund’s shares to decline. |
Governments of many frontier countries in which the Fund may invest may exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In some cases, the governments of such frontier countries may own or control certain companies. Accordingly, government actions could have a significant effect on economic conditions in a frontier country and on market conditions, prices and yields of securities in the Fund’s portfolio. Moreover, the economies of frontier countries may be heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be, adversely affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. These economies also have been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade. |
Foreign Currency Risk. Because the Fund may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of securities held by the Fund and the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of securities denominated in such currencies, which means that the Fund’s NAV could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. The Advisor may, but is not required to, elect for the Fund to seek to protect itself from changes in currency exchange rates through hedging transactions depending on market conditions. In addition, certain countries, particularly emerging market countries, may impose foreign currency exchange controls or other restrictions on the transferability, repatriation or convertibility of currency. |
Publicly Traded Equity Securities Risk. Stock markets are volatile, and the prices of equity securities fluctuate based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic |
conditions. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average total returns than fixed-income securities over the long-term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns and, in certain periods, have significantly underperformed relative to fixed-income securities. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Fund. A common stock may also decline due to factors which affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. The value of a particular common stock held by the Fund may decline for a number of other reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage, the issuer’s historical and prospective earnings, the value of its assets and reduced demand for its goods and services. |
Also, the prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Fund has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase. Common equity securities in which the Fund may invest are structurally subordinated to preferred stock, bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and are therefore inherently more risky than preferred stock or debt instruments of such issuers. |
Investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and other similar global instruments are generally subject to risks associated with equity securities and investments in non‑U.S. securities. Unsponsored ADR, EDR and GDR programs are organized independently and without the cooperation of the issuer of the underlying securities. As a result, available information concerning the issuer may not be as current as for sponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, and the prices of unsponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be more volatile than if such instruments were sponsored by the issuer. |
Investments in ETFs. Subject to the limitations set forth in the Investment Company Act and the Fund’s governing documents or as otherwise permitted by the SEC, the Fund may acquire shares in other affiliated and unaffiliated ETFs. The market value of the shares of ETFs may differ from their NAV. As an investor in ETFs, the Fund would bear its ratable share of that entity’s expenses, including its investment advisory and administration fees, while continuing to pay its own advisory and administration fees and other expenses (to the |
extent not offset by the Advisor through waivers). As a result, shareholders will be absorbing duplicate levels of fees with respect to investments in ETFs. |
The securities of ETFs in which the Fund may invest may be leveraged. As a result, the Fund may be indirectly exposed to leverage through an investment in such securities. An investment in securities of ETFs that use leverage may expose the Fund to higher volatility in the market value of such securities and the possibility that the Fund’s long-term returns on such securities (and, indirectly, the long-term returns of the Fund’s Shares) will be diminished. |
Subsidiary Risk. By investing in any Blocker Subsidiary, the Fund will be indirectly exposed to the risks associated with such Blocker Subsidiary’s investments. The instruments that will be held by any Blocker Subsidiary will generally be similar to those that are permitted to be held by the Fund and will be subject to the same risks that apply to similar investments if held directly by the Fund. The Blocker Subsidiaries will not be registered under the Investment Company Act, and, unless otherwise noted in this prospectus, will not be subject to all the investor protections of the Investment Company Act. However, the Fund will wholly own and control any Blocker Subsidiary. The Fund’s Board will have oversight responsibility for the investment activities of the Fund, including its investment in the Blocker Subsidiaries, and the Fund’s role as sole shareholder of any Blocker Subsidiary. Changes in the laws of the United States and/or any jurisdiction in which a Subsidiary is formed could result in the inability of the Fund and/or the Subsidiaries to operate as described in this prospectus and the SAI and could adversely affect the Fund. For example, changes in U.S. tax laws could affect the U.S. tax treatment of, or consequences of owning, the Fund or the Blocker Subsidiaries, including under the RIC rules. |
Fixed-Income Securities Risks. Fixed-income securities in which the Fund may invest are generally subject to the following risks: |
Interest Rate Risk. The market value of bonds and other fixed-income securities changes in response to interest rate changes and other factors. Interest rate risk is the risk that prices of bonds and other fixed-income securities will increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. The Fund may be subject to a greater risk of rising interest rates due to the recent period of historically low interest rates. The Federal Reserve has recently begun to raise the federal funds rate as part of its efforts to address rising inflation. There is a risk that interest rates will continue to rise, which will likely drive down prices of bonds and other fixed-income securities. The magnitude of these fluctuations in the market price of bonds and other fixed-income securities is generally greater for those securities with longer maturities. Fluctuations in the market price of the Fund’s investments will not affect interest income derived from instruments |
already owned by the Fund, but will be reflected in the Fund’s NAV. The Fund may lose money if short-term or long-term interest rates rise sharply in a manner not anticipated by the Advisor. To the extent the Fund invests in debt securities that may be prepaid at the option of the obligor (such as mortgage-related securities), the sensitivity of such securities to changes in interest rates may increase (to the detriment of the Fund) when interest rates rise. Moreover, because rates on certain floating rate debt securities typically reset only periodically, changes in prevailing interest rates (and particularly sudden and significant changes) can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the NAV of the Fund to the extent that it invests in floating rate debt securities. These basic principles of bond prices also apply to U.S. Government securities. A security backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. Government is guaranteed only as to its stated interest rate and face value at maturity, not its current market price. Just like other fixed-income securities, government-guaranteed securities will fluctuate in value when interest rates change. |
The Fund’s expected use of leverage, including through the use of instruments such as reverse repurchase agreements, will tend to increase the Fund’s interest rate risk. The Fund may utilize certain strategies, including taking positions in futures or interest rate swaps, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of fixed-income securities held by the Fund and adjusting the Fund’s exposure to interest rate risk. The Fund is not required to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk and may choose not to do so. In addition, there is no assurance that any attempts by the Fund to reduce interest rate risk will be successful or that any hedges that the Fund may establish will perfectly correlate with movements in interest rates. See “Risks—Fixed-Income Securities Risk—Interest Rate Risk.” |
Issuer Risk. The value of fixed-income securities may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage, reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, historical and prospective earnings of the issuer and the value of the assets of the issuer. |
Credit Risk. Credit risk is the risk that one or more fixed-income securities in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in price or fail to make timely payments of interest or principal when due, or otherwise honor their obligations, because the issuer of the security experiences a decline in its financial status. Credit risk is increased when a portfolio security is downgraded or the perceived creditworthiness of the issuer deteriorates. To the extent the Fund invests in below investment grade securities, it will be exposed to a greater amount of credit risk than a fund that only invests in investment grade securities. See “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.” In addition, to the extent the Fund uses credit derivatives to sell credit protection to its counterparty, such use will expose it to additional risk of the occurrence of a credit event in respect of the bonds underlying the |
derivatives. The degree of credit risk depends on the issuer’s financial condition and on the terms of the securities. |
Prepayment Risk. During periods of declining interest rates, borrowers may exercise their option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled. For fixed rate securities, such payments often occur during periods of declining interest rates, forcing the Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities, resulting in a possible decline in the Fund’s income and distributions to shareholders. This is known as prepayment or “call” risk. Below investment grade securities frequently have call features that allow the issuer to redeem the security at dates prior to its stated maturity at a specified price (typically greater than par) only if certain prescribed conditions are met (i.e., “call protection”). For premium bonds (bonds acquired at prices that exceed their par or principal value) purchased by the Fund, prepayment risk may be increased. |
Reinvestment Risk. Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Fund’s portfolio will decline if the Fund invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called fixed-income securities at market interest rates that are below the Fund portfolio’s current earnings rate. |
Duration and Maturity Risk. The Fund has no set policy regarding portfolio maturity or duration of the fixed-income securities it may hold. The Advisor may seek to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity based on its assessment of current and projected market conditions and all other factors that the Advisor deems relevant. |
Any decisions as to the targeted duration or maturity of any particular category of investments or of the Fund’s portfolio generally will be made based on all pertinent market factors at any given time. The Fund may incur costs in seeking to adjust the portfolio’s average duration or maturity. There can be no assurance that the Advisor’s assessment of current and projected market conditions will be correct or that any strategy to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity will be successful at any given time. In general, the longer the duration of any fixed-income securities in the Fund’s portfolio, the more exposure the Fund will have to the interest rate risks described above. |
Spread Risk. Credit spread refers to the difference in interest rates between higher quality and lower quality debt securities, with credit spreads tending to be wider for lower quality securities. Wider credit spreads and decreasing market values typically represent a deterioration of a debt security’s credit soundness and a perceived greater likelihood of risk or default by the issuer. In addition, credit spreads in general, or for a particular quality of securities, may widen due to the anticipation of deteriorating economic conditions, with widening tending to be greater for lower grade securities. A widening of spread for a security generally will result in a reduction in the market value of the security. |
U.S. Debt Securities Risk. U.S. Government debt securities (“U.S. Debt Securities”) generally involve lower levels of credit risk than other types of fixed-income securities of similar maturities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. Debt Securities are generally lower than the yields available from such other securities. Like other fixed-income securities, the values of U.S. Debt Securities change as interest rates fluctuate. On August 5, 2011, S&P, lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on U.S. Debt Securities to AA+ from AAA. The downgrade by S&P and any future downgrades by other rating agencies could increase volatility in both stock and bond markets, result in higher interest rates and higher Treasury yields and increase borrowing costs, generally. These events could have significant adverse effects on the economy, generally, and could result in significant adverse impacts on securities issuers and the Fund. The Advisor cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets or on the Fund’s portfolio. |
Sovereign Government and Supranational Debt Risk. Investments in sovereign debt involve special risks. Foreign governmental issuers of debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or pay interest when due. In the event of default, there may be limited or no legal recourse in that, generally, remedies for defaults must be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party. Political conditions, especially a sovereign entity’s willingness to meet the terms of its debt obligations, are of considerable significance. The ability of a foreign sovereign issuer, especially an emerging market country, to make timely payments on its debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the sovereign issuer’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credit facilities and investments, fluctuations of interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, as many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. Foreign investment in certain sovereign debt is restricted or controlled to varying degrees, including requiring governmental approval for the repatriation of income, capital or proceeds of sales by foreign investors. |
Corporate Bonds Risk. The market value of a corporate bond generally may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates. The market value of intermediate and longer term corporate bonds is generally more sensitive to changes in interest rates than is the market value of shorter term corporate bonds. The market value of a corporate bond also may be affected by factors directly related to the issuer, such as investors’ perceptions of the creditworthiness of the issuer, the issuer’s financial performance, perceptions of the issuer in the market place, performance of management of the issuer, the issuer’s capital structure and use of financial leverage and demand for |
the issuer’s goods and services. Certain risks associated with investments in corporate bonds are described elsewhere in this prospectus in further detail, including under “Risks—Fixed-Income Securities Risks,” “Risks—Inflation Risk” and “Risks—Deflation Risk.” There is a risk that the issuers of corporate bonds may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are often high risk and have speculative characteristics and may be particularly susceptible to adverse issuer-specific developments. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are subject to additional risks described herein under “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.” |
Below Investment Grade Securities Risk. The Fund may invest in securities that are rated, at the time of investment, below investment grade quality (rated Ba/BB or below, or judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisor), which are commonly referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds and are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due. The value of high yield, lower quality bonds is affected by the creditworthiness of the issuers of the securities and by general economic and specific industry conditions. Issuers of high yield bonds are not perceived to be as strong financially as those with higher credit ratings. These issuers are more vulnerable to financial setbacks and recession than more creditworthy issuers, which may impair their ability to make interest and principal payments. Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities. |
The secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that for higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Fund to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Fund’s NAV. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in lower grade securities, you could lose money on your investment in common shares of the Fund, both in the short-term and the long-term. To the extent that the Fund invests in lower grade securities that have not been rated by a rating agency, the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective will be more dependent on the Advisor’s credit analysis than would be the case when the Fund invests in rated securities. See “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.” |
Leverage Risk. The use of leverage creates an opportunity for increased common share gains, but also creates risks for the holders |
of common shares. The Fund cannot assure you that the use of leverage, if employed, will benefit common shares. Any leveraging strategy the Fund employs may not be successful. |
Leverage involves risks and special considerations for common shareholders, including: |
• | the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV of the common shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage; |
• | the risk that fluctuations in interest rates or dividend rates on any leverage that the Fund must pay will reduce the return to the common shareholders; |
• | the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the NAV of the common shares than if the Fund were not leveraged; |
• | when the Fund uses financial leverage, the management fee payable to the Advisor will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage; and |
• | leverage may increase operating costs, which may reduce total return. |
Any decline in the NAV of the Fund’s investments will be borne entirely by the holders of Shares. Therefore, if the market value of the Fund’s portfolio declines, leverage will result in a greater decrease in NAV to the holders of Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged. While the Fund may from time to time consider reducing leverage in response to actual or anticipated changes in interest rates in an effort to mitigate the increased volatility of current income and NAV associated with leverage, there can be no assurances that the Fund will actually reduce leverage in the future or that any reduction, if undertaken, will benefit the holders of Shares. Changes in the future direction of interest rates are very difficult to predict accurately. If the Fund were to reduce leverage based on a prediction about future changes to interest rates, and that prediction turned out to be incorrect, the reduction in leverage would likely operate to reduce the income and/or total returns to holders of Shares relative to the circumstance where the Fund had not reduced leverage. The Fund may decide that this risk outweighs the likelihood of achieving the desired reduction to volatility in income and share price if the prediction were to prove to be correct and therefore determine not to reduce leverage as described above. |
The Fund may utilize leverage through investment in derivatives. See “Risks—Strategic Transactions Risk.” |
Certain types of leverage used by the Fund may result in the Fund being subject to covenants relating to asset coverage and portfolio |
composition requirements. The Fund may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for the short-term debt securities or preferred shares issued by the Fund. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the Investment Company Act. The Advisor does not believe that these covenants or guidelines will impede it from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and strategies. |
In addition to the foregoing, the use of leverage treated as indebtedness of the Fund for U.S. federal income tax purposes may reduce the amount of Fund dividends that are otherwise eligible for the dividends received deduction in the hands of corporate shareholders. |
Strategic Transactions Risk. The Fund may engage in various Strategic Transactions for hedging purposes or to enhance total return. Derivatives are financial contracts or instruments whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index (or relationship between two indices). The Fund also may use derivatives to add leverage to the portfolio and/or to hedge against increases in the Fund’s costs associated with any leverage strategy that it may employ. The use of Strategic Transactions to enhance current income may be particularly speculative. |
Strategic Transactions involve risks. The risks associated with Strategic Transactions include (i) the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, (ii) the possible default of the counterparty to the transaction, (iii) illiquidity of the derivative instruments, and (iv) high volatility losses caused by unanticipated market movements, which are potentially unlimited. Although both OTC and exchange-traded derivatives markets may experience a lack of liquidity, OTC non‑standardized derivative transactions are generally less liquid than exchange-traded instruments. The illiquidity of the derivatives markets may be due to various factors, including congestion, disorderly markets, limitations on deliverable supplies, the participation of speculators, government regulation and intervention, and technical and operational or system failures. In addition, daily limits on price fluctuations and speculative position limits on exchanges on which the Fund may conduct its transactions in derivative instruments may prevent prompt liquidation of positions, subjecting the Fund to the potential of greater losses. Furthermore, the Fund’s ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Advisor’s and/or the Sub‑Advisor’s ability to predict pertinent securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors, which cannot be assured. The use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Fund to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than |
current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on an investment or may cause the Fund to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, amounts paid by the Fund as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Fund for investment purposes. |
Exchange-traded derivatives and OTC derivative transactions submitted for clearing through a central counterparty have become subject to minimum initial and variation margin requirements set by the relevant clearinghouse, as well as possible margin requirements mandated by the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”). The CFTC and federal banking regulators also have imposed margin requirements on non‑cleared OTC derivatives, and the SEC’s non‑cleared margin requirements for security-based swaps became effective on November 1, 2021. Applicable margin requirements may increase the overall costs for the Fund. |
Many OTC derivatives are valued on the basis of dealers’ pricing of these instruments. However, the price at which dealers value a particular derivative and the price that the same dealers would actually be willing to pay for such derivative should the Fund wish or be forced to sell such position may be materially different. Such differences can result in an overstatement of the Fund’s NAV and may materially adversely affect the Fund in situations in which the Fund is required to sell derivative instruments. See “Risks—Strategic Transactions Risk.” |
Counterparty Risk. The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts entered into by the Fund. Because derivative transactions in which the Fund may engage may involve instruments that are not traded on an exchange or cleared through a central counterparty but are instead traded between counterparties based on contractual relationships, the Fund is subject to the risk that a counterparty will not perform its obligations under the related contracts. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceedings. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery, or may obtain no recovery, in such circumstances. Although the Fund intends to enter into transactions only with counterparties that the Advisor or Sub‑Advisor, as applicable, believes to be creditworthy, there can be no assurance that, as a result, a counterparty will not default and that the Fund will not sustain a loss on a transaction. In the event of the counterparty’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the Fund’s collateral may be subject to the conflicting claims of the counterparty’s creditors, and the Fund may be exposed to the risk of a court treating the Fund as a general |
unsecured creditor of the counterparty, rather than as the owner of the collateral. See “Risks—Strategic Transactions Risk—Counterparty Risk.” |
Swaps Risk. Swaps are a type of derivative. Swap agreements involve the risk that the party with which the Fund has entered into the swap will default on its obligation to pay the Fund and the risk that the Fund will not be able to meet its obligations to pay the other party to the agreement. In order to seek to hedge the value of the Fund’s portfolio, to hedge against increases in the Fund’s cost associated with interest payments on any outstanding borrowings or to seek to increase the Fund’s return, the Fund may enter into swaps, including interest rate swap, total return swap (sometimes referred to as a “contract for difference”) and/or credit default swap transactions. In interest rate swap transactions, there is a risk that yields will move in the direction opposite of the direction anticipated by the Fund, which would cause the Fund to make payments to its counterparty in the transaction that could adversely affect Fund performance. In addition to the risks applicable to swaps generally (including counterparty risk, high volatility, illiquidity risk and credit risk), credit default swap transactions involve special risks because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty). |
Credit default and total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because, in addition to its Managed Assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Fund thereunder. The Fund is not required to enter into swap transactions for hedging purposes or to enhance income or gain and may choose not to do so. In addition, the swaps market is subject to a changing regulatory environment. It is possible that regulatory or other developments in the swaps market could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to successfully use swaps. See “Risks—Strategic Transactions Risk—Swaps Risk.” |
Inflation Risk. Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investment will be worth less in the future, as inflation decreases the value of money. Inflation rates may change frequently and drastically as a result of various factors, including unexpected shifts in the domestic or global economy. As inflation increases, the real value of the common shares and distributions on those shares can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, interest rates on any borrowings by the Fund would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to the holders of common shares. |
Risk Associated with Recent Market Events. While interest rates have been historically low in recent years in the United States and abroad, inflation rates have recently risen significantly and the Federal Reserve and other central banks have recently begun raising interest rates to address inflation which, among other factors, has led to markets experiencing high volatility. A significant increase in interest rates may cause a further decline in the market for equity securities and could lead to a recession. Further, regulators have expressed concern that rate increases may contribute to price volatility. The impact of inflation and the recent actions of the Federal Reserve have led to market volatility and may negatively affect the value of debt instruments held by the Fund and result in a negative impact on the Fund’s performance. See “Risks—Inflation Risk.” |
In addition, the current contentious domestic political environment, as well as political and diplomatic events in the United States and abroad, such as presidential elections in the United States or the U.S. government’s inability at times to agree on a long-term budget and deficit reduction plan, has in the past resulted, and may in the future result, in adverse consequences (including a government shutdown) to the U.S. regulatory landscape, the general market environment and/or investment sentiment, which could negatively impact the Fund’s investments and operations. Such adverse consequences may affect investor and/or consumer confidence and may adversely impact financial markets and the broader economy, potentially to a significant degree. In recent years, some countries, including the United States, have adopted and/or are considering the adoption of more protectionist trade policies. A rise in protectionist trade policies, and the possibility of changes to some international trade agreements, could affect the economies of many nations in ways that cannot necessarily be foreseen at the present time. In addition, geopolitical and other risks, including environmental and public health, may add to instability in world economies and markets generally. Economies and financial markets throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected. As a result, whether or not the Fund invests in securities of issuers located in or with significant exposure to countries experiencing economic, political and/or financial difficulties, the value and liquidity of the Fund’s investments may be negatively affected by such events. |
An outbreak of an infectious coronavirus (COVID‑19) that was first detected in December 2019 developed into a global pandemic that has resulted in numerous disruptions in the market and has had significant economic impact leaving general concern and uncertainty. Although vaccines have been developed and approved for use by various governments, the duration of the pandemic and its effects cannot be predicted with certainty. The impact of this coronavirus, and other epidemics and pandemics that may arise in the future, could affect the economies of many nations, individual companies and the market in general ways that cannot necessarily be foreseen at the present time. |
Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk. The occurrence of events similar to those in recent years, such as the aftermath of the war in Iraq, instability in Afghanistan, Pakistan, Egypt, Libya, Syria, Russia, Ukraine and the Middle East, new and ongoing epidemics and pandemics of infectious diseases and other global health events, natural/environmental disasters, terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world, social and political discord, debt crises (such as the Greek crisis), sovereign debt downgrades, the Russian invasion of Ukraine, increasingly strained relations between the United States and a number of foreign countries, including historical adversaries, such as North Korea, Iran, China and Russia, and the international community generally, new and continued political unrest in various countries, such as Venezuela and Spain, the exit or potential exit of one or more countries from the European Union (the “EU”) or the European Monetary Union (the “EMU”), and continued changes in the balance of political power among and within the branches of the U.S. government, among others, may result in market volatility, may have long term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets, and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. |
Russia launched a large-scale invasion of Ukraine on February 24, 2022. The extent and duration of the military action, resulting sanctions and resulting future market disruptions, including declines in its stock markets and the value of the ruble against the U.S. dollar, in the region are impossible to predict, but could be significant. Any such disruptions caused by Russian military action or other actions (including cyberattacks and espionage) or resulting actual and threatened responses to such activity, including purchasing and financing restrictions, boycotts or changes in consumer or purchaser preferences, sanctions, tariffs or cyberattacks on the Russian government, Russian companies or Russian individuals, including politicians, could have a severe adverse effect on Russia and the European region, including significant negative impacts on the Russian economy, the European economy and the markets for certain securities and commodities, such as oil and natural gas, and may likely have collateral impacts on such sectors globally as well as other sectors. How long such military action and related events will last cannot be predicted. |
China and the United States have each imposed tariffs on the other country’s products. These actions may cause a significant reduction in international trade, the oversupply of certain manufactured goods, substantial price reductions of goods and possible failure of individual companies and/or large segments of China’s export industry, which could have a negative impact on the Fund’s performance. U.S. companies that source material and goods from China and those that make large amounts of sales in China would be particularly vulnerable to an escalation of trade tensions. Uncertainty regarding the outcome of the trade tensions and the potential for a trade war |
could cause the U.S. dollar to decline against safe haven currencies, such as the Japanese yen and the Euro. Events such as these and their consequences are difficult to predict and it is unclear whether further tariffs may be imposed or other escalating actions may be taken in the future. |
On January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom (“UK”) officially withdrew from the EU (commonly known as “Brexit”). The UK and EU reached a preliminary trade agreement, which became effective on January 1, 2021, regarding the terms of their future trading relationship relating principally to the trading of goods; however, negotiations are ongoing for matters not covered by the agreement, such as the trade of financial services. Due to uncertainty of the current political environment, it is not possible to foresee the form or nature of the future trading relationship between the UK and the EU. The longer term economic, legal, political and social framework to be put in place between the UK and the EU remains unclear and the ongoing political and economic uncertainty and periods of exacerbated volatility in both the UK and in wider European markets may continue for some time. In particular, Brexit may lead to a call for similar referendums in other European jurisdictions which may cause increased economic volatility in the European and global markets and may destabilize some or all of the other EU member countries. This uncertainty may have an adverse effect on the economy generally and on the ability of the Fund and its investments to execute their respective strategies, to receive attractive returns and/or to exit certain investments at an advantageous time or price. In particular, currency volatility may mean that the returns of the Fund and its investments are adversely affected by market movements and may make it more difficult, or more expensive, if the Fund elects to execute currency hedges. Potential decline in the value of the British Pound and/or the Euro against other currencies, along with the potential downgrading of the UK’s sovereign credit rating, may also have an impact on the performance of portfolio companies or investments located in the UK or Europe. In light of the above, no definitive assessment can currently be made regarding the impact that Brexit will have on the Fund, its investments or its organization more generally. |
In particular, currency volatility may mean that the returns of the Fund and its investments are adversely affected by market movements and may make it more difficult, or more expensive, if the Fund elects to execute currency hedges. Potential decline in the value of the British Pound and/or the Euro against other currencies, along with the potential downgrading of the UK’s sovereign credit rating, may also have an impact on the performance of portfolio companies or investments located in the UK or Europe. In light of the above, no definitive assessment can currently be made regarding the impact that Brexit will have on the Fund, its investments or its organization more generally. |
The occurrence of any of these above events could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of the Fund’s portfolio. The Fund does not know how long the securities markets may be affected by similar events and cannot predict the effects of similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets. There can be no assurance that similar events and other market disruptions will not have other material and adverse implications. |
Cybersecurity incidents affecting particular companies or industries may adversely affect the economies of particular countries, regions or parts of the world in which the Fund invests. See “Risks—Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk.” |
Regulation and Government Intervention Risk. Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies or self-regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the issuers in which the Fund invests in ways that are unforeseeable. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund is regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. See “Risks—Regulation and Government Intervention Risk.” |
Legal, Tax and Regulatory Risks. Legal, tax and regulatory changes could occur that may have material adverse effects on the Fund. |
To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs, the Fund must, among other things, satisfy quarterly asset diversification requirements, derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from certain prescribed sources, and distribute for each taxable year at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (generally, ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss). For the purpose of satisfying these requirements, the Fund may be required to “look through” to the character of the income, assets and investments held by certain Portfolio Funds and Portfolio Companies in which the Fund invests that are classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Fund might not be able to make an investment or might face difficulty in satisfying the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code if complete and timely information from or about such an investment cannot be obtained. In addition, in order to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement described above, the Fund may be required to make a distribution to its shareholders of amounts included in income with respect to such an investment even if the Fund does not receive any corresponding cash amount. If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income for that year (including its net capital gain) would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions (including distributions of net capital gain) would be taxable to shareholders as dividend income to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. |
Even if the Fund satisfies the 90% distribution requirement described above, the Fund may still be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on certain of its undistributed income unless it distributes in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of its ordinary income for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the one‑year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years. The Fund will not be subject to excise taxes on amounts on which it is required to pay corporate income taxes (such as retained net capital gains). |
The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and the U.S. Treasury Department. Revisions in U.S. federal tax laws and interpretations could adversely affect the tax consequences of your investment. See “Risks—Legal, Tax and Regulatory Risks.” |
Investment Dilution Risk. The Fund’s investors do not have preemptive rights to any Shares the Fund may issue in the future. The Fund’s Declaration of Trust authorizes it to issue an unlimited number of Shares. The Board may make certain amendments to the Declaration of Trust. After an investor purchases Shares, the Fund expects to sell additional Shares or other classes of Shares in the future or issue equity interests in private offerings. To the extent the Fund issues additional equity interests after an investor purchases its Shares, such investor’s percentage ownership interest in the Fund will be diluted. |
Potential Conflicts of Interest of the Advisor, Sub‑Advisor and Others. The investment activities of BlackRock, Inc. (“BlackRock”), the ultimate parent company of the Advisor and the Sub‑Advisor, and its affiliates (including BlackRock and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Affiliates”)), and their respective directors, officers and employees in the management of, or their interest in, their own accounts and other accounts they manage, may present conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders. BlackRock and its Affiliates provide investment management services to other funds and discretionary managed accounts that may follow investment programs similar to that of the Fund. Subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, BlackRock and its Affiliates intend to engage in such activities and may receive compensation from third parties for their services. BlackRock and its Affiliates generally are not under any obligation to share any investment opportunity, idea or strategy with the Fund. As a result, BlackRock and its Affiliates may compete with the Fund for appropriate investment opportunities. The results of the Fund’s investment activities, therefore, may differ from those of an Affiliate or another account managed by an Affiliate and it is possible that the Fund could sustain losses during periods in which one or more |
Affiliates and other accounts achieve profits on their trading for proprietary or other accounts. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to address potential conflicts of interests. For additional information about potential conflicts of interest and the way in which BlackRock addresses such conflicts, please see “Conflicts of Interest” and “Management of the Fund—Portfolio Management—Potential Material Conflicts of Interest” in the SAI. |
Cyber Security Risk. With the increased use of technologies such as the Internet to conduct business, the Fund is susceptible to operational, information security and related risks. In general, cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. Cyber-attacks include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems (e.g., through “hacking” or malicious software coding) for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cyber-attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial‑of‑service attacks on websites (i.e., efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). Cyber security failures by or breaches of the Advisor and other service providers (including, but not limited to, fund accountants, custodians, transfer agents and administrators), and the issuers of securities in which the Fund invests, have the ability to cause disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, interference with the Fund’s ability to calculate its NAV, impediments to trading, the inability of shareholders to transact business, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, or additional compliance costs. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to prevent any cyber incidents in the future. While the Fund has established business continuity plans in the event of, and risk management systems to prevent, such cyber-attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified. Furthermore, the Fund cannot control the cyber security plans and systems put in place by service providers to the Fund and issuers in which the Fund invests. As a result, the Fund or its shareholders could be negatively impacted. |
Allocation Risk. The Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective depends in large part upon the skill of the Advisor and the Sub‑Advisor in determining the allocation of the Fund’s assets and in selecting the best mix of investments. There is a risk that the Advisor’s and/or the Sub‑Advisor’s evaluation and assumptions regarding asset classes or investments may be incorrect in view of actual market conditions. |
The Fund’s allocation of its investments across various segments of the securities markets and various countries, regions, asset classes and |
sectors may vary significantly over time based on the analysis and judgment of the Advisor and the Sub‑Advisor. As a result, the particular risks most relevant to an investment in the Fund, as well as the overall risk profile of the Fund’s portfolio, may vary over time. There is no guarantee that the allocation strategy of the Advisor and the Sub‑Advisor, respectively, will produce the desired results. The percentage of the Fund’s total assets allocated to any category of investment may at any given time be significantly less than the maximum percentage permitted pursuant to the Fund’s investment policies. It is possible that the Fund will focus on an investment that performs poorly or underperforms other investments under various market conditions. The flexibility of the Fund’s investment policies and the discretion granted to the Advisor and the Sub‑Advisor to invest the Fund’s assets across various segments, classes and geographic regions of the securities markets and in securities with various characteristics means that the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective may be more dependent on the success of its investment adviser and sub‑adviser than other investment companies. |
Portfolio Turnover Risk. The Fund’s annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year, as well as within a given year. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Fund. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Fund. High portfolio turnover may result in an increased realization of net short-term capital gains by the Fund which, when distributed to common shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. Additionally, in a declining market, portfolio turnover may create realized capital losses. |
No assurance can be given that the Fund’s investment strategies will be successful or that the Fund will be able to achieve its investment objective. Accordingly, the Fund should be considered a speculative investment that entails substantial risks, and a prospective Investor should invest in the Fund only if it can sustain a complete loss of its investment. An investment in the Fund should be viewed only as part of an overall investment program. |
Shareholder Transaction Expenses (fees paid directly from your investment) | Institutional Shares | Class D Shares | ||||||
Maximum Sales Load imposed on purchases (as a percentage of offering price)(1) | None | None | ||||||
Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees(2) | None | None | ||||||
Maximum Early Repurchase Fee(3) | 2.00% | 2.00% | ||||||
Annual Expenses | ||||||||
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of average net assets attributable to Shares) | ||||||||
Management Fees(4)(10) | 1.75% | 1.75% | ||||||
Servicing Fee(5) | None | 0.25% | ||||||
Other Expenses(6) | 1.52% | 1.51% | ||||||
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses(7)(8) | 1.08% | 1.08% | ||||||
Total Annual Expenses(7) | 4.35% | 4.59% | ||||||
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(9)(10) | (1.55)% | (1.54)% | ||||||
Total Annual Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(9)(10) | 2.80% | 3.05% |
(1) | There is no sales load for Institutional Shares or Class D Shares; however, investors may be required to pay brokerage commissions on purchases or sales of Institutional Shares or Class D Shares to their Selling Agents. Investors should consult with their Selling Agents about any additional fees or charges their Selling Agents might impose on each class of Shares in addition to any fees imposed by the Fund. |
(2) | The Reinvestment Plan Agent’s (as defined below under “Dividend Reinvestment Plan”) fees for the handling of the reinvestment of dividends will be paid by the Fund. Any fees attributable to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan are included in the estimate of “Other Expenses.” |
(3) | A 2.00% early repurchase fee payable to the Fund may be charged with respect to the repurchase of a shareholder’s Shares at any time prior to the one‑year anniversary of a shareholder’s purchase of the Shares (on a “first in - first out” basis). An early repurchase fee payable by a shareholder may be waived by the Fund, in circumstances where the Board determines that doing so is in the best interests of the Fund and in a manner as will not discriminate unfairly against any shareholder. See “Repurchase of Fund Shares; Transfer Restrictions.” |
(4) | The Advisor receives a management fee at an annual rate equal to 1.75% of the Fund’s net assets determined monthly (before the accrual of the distribution fee and the management fee for that month and after the accrual of any expense reimbursements owed to the Fund by the Advisor pursuant to the Expense Agreement for that month). The Advisor has contractually agreed to reduce its net management fee to an annual rate of 1.00% until December 31, 2024, unless otherwise extended by agreement between the Fund and the Advisor (the “Fee Reduction Agreement”). See “Management of the Fund—Investment Management Agreement.” |
(5) | Institutional Shares are not subject to a distribution fee or shareholder servicing fee. Class D Shares are subject to an ongoing shareholder servicing fee (the “Servicing Fee”) that will accrue at an annual rate equal to 0.25%. The Distributor uses these fees, in respect of the Class D Shares, to compensate Selling Agents for providing ongoing services in respect of clients who own Class D Shares of the Fund (and not for distribution services). See “Plan of Distribution.” |
(6) | Other Expenses have been restated to reflect current fees. |
(7) | The Total Annual Expenses do not correlate to the ratios of expenses to average net assets given in the Fund’s most recent annual report, which do not include Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses or the restatement of Other Expenses to reflect current fees. |
(8) | Includes fees and expenses of the Portfolio Funds in which the Fund invests. Some or all of the Portfolio Funds charge carried interest, incentive fees or allocations based on the Portfolio Funds’ performance. The Portfolio Funds in which the Fund invests generally charge a management fee of 1.00% to 2.00%, and approximately 20% of net profits as a carried interest allocation. The “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses” disclosed above are based on historic returns of the Portfolio Funds in which the Fund invests and have been calculated in good faith based on the most reasonably available information to the Fund at the time of calculation. Fees and expenses of Portfolio Funds may be substantially higher or lower in the future and, therefore, significantly affect “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses,” because certain fees are based on the performance of the Portfolio Funds, which may fluctuate over time. |
(9) | Reflects a 0.75% contractual waiver on the management fee in place until December 31, 2024 pursuant to the Fee Reduction Agreement. |
(10) | Effective November 15, 2023, the Fund has entered into an Expense Agreement pursuant to which the Advisor has agreed to waive and/or reimburse certain operating and other expenses of the Fund in order to limit certain expenses to 0.50% of the Fund’s average monthly value of the net assets of each share class. Prior to November 15, 2023, the Advisor agreed to waive and/or reimburse certain operating |
and other expenses of the Fund in order to limit certain expenses to 0.75% of the Fund’s average quarterly value of the net assets of each share class pursuant to a prior expense limitation agreement that was in effect from the commencement of operations of the Fund until November 15, 2023. Subject to the terms of the Expense Agreement and provided that the Fund has more than $50 million in assets and BlackRock or an affiliate serves as the Fund’s investment adviser or administrator, expenses borne by the Advisor in the prior two fiscal years of the Fund are subject to recoupment by the Advisor. Such recoupment arrangement will terminate on December 31, 2027. The Fund will carry forward any waivers and/or reimbursements of fees and expenses in excess of the Expense Cap and repay the Advisor such amount provided the Fund is able to do so without exceeding the lesser of (1) the expense limit in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement, as applicable, or (2) the expense limit in effect at the time of recoupment after giving effect to the repayment. The Expense Agreement continues from year to year if approved by a majority of the Fund’s Independent Trustees. The current term of the Expense Agreement expires on June 30, 2025. The Expense Agreement may be terminated prior to June 30, 2025 only by action of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. See “Management of the Fund—Investment Management Agreement—Expense Agreement” for more information regarding the operating and other expenses that the Advisor has agreed to waive and/or reimburse pursuant to the Expense Agreement. |
The Fund and the Advisor have also entered into a fee waiver agreement (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”), pursuant to which the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive the management fee with respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets attributable to investments in any equity and fixed-income mutual funds and exchange-traded funds managed by the Advisor or its affiliates that have a contractual management fee, through June 30, 2025. In addition, pursuant to the Fee Waiver Agreement, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its management fees by the amount of investment advisory fees the Fund pays to the Advisor indirectly through its investment in money market funds managed by the Advisor or its affiliates, through June 30, 2025. The Fee Waiver Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, only by the Fund (upon the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund), upon 90 days’ written notice by the Fund to the Advisor. |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Institutional Shares | $ | 48 | $ | 118 | $ | 208 | $ | 440 | ||||||||
Class D Shares | $ | 51 | $ | 125 | $ | 220 | $ | 460 |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Institutional Shares | $ | 28 | $ | 118 | $ | 208 | $ | 440 | ||||||||
Class D Shares | $ | 31 | $ | 125 | $ | 220 | $ | 460 |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Class D Shares | $ | 1,270 | $ | 3,119 | $ | 5,488 | $ | 11,495 |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Class D Shares | $ | 770 | $ | 3,119 | $ | 5,488 | $ | 11,495 |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Institutional Shares | $ | 48,308 | $ | 117,801 | $ | 208,461 | $ | 440,318 |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Institutional Shares | $ | 28,308 | $ | 117,801 | $ | 208,461 | $ | 440,318 |
Institutional | ||||||||||||
Year Ended 03/31/23(a) | Year Ended 03/31/22 | Period from 03/01/21(b) to 03/31/21 | ||||||||||
Net asset value, beginning of period | $ | 10.08 | $ | 9.94 | $ | 10.00 | ||||||
Net investment income (loss)(c) | 0.03 | (0.09 | ) | (0.02 | ) | |||||||
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) | 0.21 | 0.23 | (0.04 | ) | ||||||||
Net increase (decrease) from investment operations | 0.24 | 0.14 | (0.06 | ) | ||||||||
Net asset value, end of period | $ | 10.32 | $ | 10.08 | $ | 9.94 | ||||||
Total Return(d) | ||||||||||||
Based on net asset value | 2.38 | % | 1.41 | % | (0.60 | )%(e) | ||||||
Ratios to Average Net Assets(f) | ||||||||||||
Total expenses | 2.72 | %(g) | 3.45 | %(h) | 3.33 | %(i)(j) | ||||||
Total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed | 1.94 | %(g) | 2.41 | %(h) | 2.56 | %(i)(j) | ||||||
Net investment income (loss) | 0.28 | %(g) | (0.92 | )%(h) | (1.72 | )%(i)(j) | ||||||
Supplemental Data | ||||||||||||
Net assets, end of period (000) | $ | 146,099 | $ | 105,686 | $ | 49,461 | ||||||
Portfolio turnover rate | 52 | % | 43 | % | — | %(k) | ||||||
(a) | Consolidated Financial Highlights. |
(b) | Commencement of operations. |
(c) | Based on average shares outstanding. |
(d) | Where applicable, assumes the reinvestment of distributions. The Fund is a continuously offered closed‑end fund, the Shares of which are offered at net asset value. No secondary market for the Fund’s Shares exists. |
(e) | Not annualized. |
(f) | Excludes fees and expenses incurred indirectly as a result of investments in underlying funds. |
(g) | Includes a non‑recurring expense of portfolio investment fees which impacted the ratios for total expenses, total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed and net investment income (loss). Excluding this adjustment, the ratios would have been 2.50%, 1.72% and 0.50%, respectively. |
(h) | Includes a non‑recurring expense of offering costs and portfolio investment fees which impacted the ratios for total expenses, total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed and net investment loss. Excluding this adjustment, the ratios would have been 2.65%, 2.21% and (0.72)%, respectively. |
(i) | Annualized. |
(j) | Audit, printing, offering costs and portfolio investment fees were not annualized in the calculation of the expense ratios. If these expenses were annualized, the total expenses, total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed and net investment loss would have been 6.11%, 3.54% and (2.70)%, respectively. |
(k) | Rounds to less than 1%. |
Class D | ||||||||||||
Year Ended 03/31/23(a) | Year Ended 03/31/22 | Period from 03/01/21(b) to 03/31/21 | ||||||||||
Net asset value, beginning of period | $ | 10.07 | $ | 9.94 | $ | 10.00 | ||||||
Net investment income (loss)(c) | 0.02 | (0.08 | ) | (0.02 | ) | |||||||
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) | 0.21 | 0.21 | (0.04 | ) | ||||||||
Net increase (decrease) from investment operations | 0.23 | 0.13 | (0.06 | ) | ||||||||
Net asset value, end of period | $ | 10.30 | $ | 10.07 | $ | 9.94 | ||||||
Total Return(d) | ||||||||||||
Based on net asset value | 2.28 | % | 1.31 | % | (0.60 | )%(e) | ||||||
Ratios to Average Net Assets(f) | ||||||||||||
Total expenses | 2.71 | %(g) | 3.70 | %(h) | 7.59 | %(i)(j) | ||||||
Total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed | 1.94 | %(g) | 2.48 | %(h) | 2.81 | %(i)(j) | ||||||
Net investment income (loss) | 0.24 | %(g) | (0.79 | )%(h) | (1.97 | )%(i)(j) | ||||||
Supplemental Data | ||||||||||||
Net assets, end of period (000) | $ | 257 | $ | 252 | $ | 248 | ||||||
Portfolio turnover rate | 52 | % | 43 | % | — | %(k) | ||||||
(a) | Consolidated Financial Highlights. |
(b) | Commencement of operations. |
(c) | Based on average shares outstanding. |
(d) | Where applicable, assumes the reinvestment of distributions. The Fund is a continuously offered closed‑end fund, the Shares of which are offered at net asset value. No secondary market for the Fund’s Shares exists. |
(e) | Not annualized. |
(f) | Excludes fees and expenses incurred indirectly as a result of investments in underlying funds. |
(g) | Includes a non‑recurring expense of portfolio investment fees which impacted the ratios for total expenses, total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed and net investment income (loss). Excluding this adjustment, the ratios would have been 2.49%, 1.72% and 0.46%, respectively. |
(h) | Includes a non‑recurring expense of offering costs and portfolio investment fees which impacted the ratios for total expenses, total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed and net investment loss. Excluding this adjustment, the ratios would have been 2.80%, 2.21% and (0.52)%, respectively. |
(i) | Annualized. |
(j) | Audit, printing, offering costs and portfolio investment fees were not annualized in the calculation of the expense ratios. If these expenses were annualized, the total expenses, total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed and net investment loss would have been 10.36%, 3.79% and (2.95)%, respectively. |
(k) | Rounds to less than 1%. |
• | Growth Investments. Growth investments are typically minority investments with little or no leverage in fast-growing companies that seek capital for further expansion. Growth equity strategies have the potential to provide attractive upside in a private equity portfolio, provided there is strong underlying growth of the respective economy or specific sector. |
• | Special Situations. The objective of special situations investments is to invest in underperforming or distressed companies and facilitate a turnaround in companies which may go through a bankruptcy or other restructuring process. The Fund will typically seek to make Direct Investments in special situations by investing alongside Portfolio Funds that have this investment objective. |
• | Venture Capital. Venture capital investments are typically made in new and emerging companies, often in the technology and healthcare sectors. Companies financed by venture capital are generally not cash flow positive at the time of investment and may require several rounds of financing before the company can be sold privately or taken public. The Fund expects that venture capital investments will represent a less significant portion of the Fund’s portfolio. |
• | Buyouts. The standard buyout or leveraged buyout involves the acquisition or recapitalization of existing companies or divisions of businesses in order to reposition them for growth and operational improvement. Buyouts may involve carve-outs of larger organizations or the purchase of family-owned enterprises with the ability to expand. The Fund will typically seek to invest in control buyout strategies by investing alongside Portfolio Funds that obtain operating control through majority ownership and a voting majority on the board. The Fund may seek to mitigate risk by diversifying across various sizes of the buyout industry that are perceived as the most attractive as well as by investing in multiple geographies, industries and alongside multiple Portfolio Funds. |
• | Private Infrastructure. Private infrastructure investments typically include investments in equity securities of companies that focus on utilities and/or transportation infrastructure. |
• | Real Assets. Investments in real assets typically involve seeking to gain exposure to real estate, physical commodities, natural resources (such as agriculture or timber) and/or precious metals. |
• | The costs and resources required to investigate the commercial, tax and legal issues relating to acquiring a Secondary Investment may be greater than those relating to making a primary investment in the same Portfolio Fund. |
• | Where the Fund acquires a Portfolio Fund interest as a Secondary Investment, the Fund may acquire contingent liabilities associated with such interest. Specifically, where the seller has received distributions from the relevant Portfolio Fund and, subsequently, that Portfolio Fund recalls any portion of such distributions, the Fund (as the purchaser of the interest to which such distributions are attributable) may be obliged to pay an amount equivalent to such distributions to such Portfolio Fund. While in some circumstances the Fund may be able, in turn, to make a claim against the seller of the interest for any monies so paid to the Portfolio Fund, there can be no assurance that the Fund would prevail in such claim. |
• | The overall performance of Secondary Investments will depend in large part on the performance of the underlying assets and the acquisition price paid for such Secondary Investments, which may be negotiated based on incomplete or imperfect information. |
• | Where the Fund acquires a Portfolio Fund interest as a Secondary Investment, the Fund will generally not have the ability to modify or amend such Portfolio Fund’s constituent documents (e.g., limited partnership agreements) or otherwise negotiate the economic terms of the interests being acquired. |
• | The Fund may acquire Secondary Investments as a member of a purchasing syndicate, in which case the Fund may be exposed to additional risks including (among other things): (i) counterparty risk, (ii) reputation risk, (iii) breach of confidentiality by a syndicate member, and (iv) execution risk. |
• | Portfolio Fund interests are expected to be illiquid, their marketability may be restricted and the realization of investments from them may take considerable time and/or be costly. |
• | Portfolio Fund interests are ordinarily valued based upon valuations provided by the Portfolio Fund Managers, which may be received on a delayed basis. Certain securities in which the Portfolio Funds invest may not have a readily ascertainable market price and are fair valued by the Portfolio Fund Managers. A Portfolio Fund Manager may face a conflict of interest in valuing such securities since their values may have an impact on the Portfolio Fund Manager’s compensation. The Fund intends to invest in Portfolio Funds that require an annual independent audit of their financial statements, which includes testing of portfolio valuations made by the Portfolio Fund Manager. The Sub‑Advisor will review and perform due diligence on the valuation procedures used by each Portfolio Fund Manager and monitor the returns provided by the Portfolio Funds. However, neither the Sub‑Advisor nor the Board is able to confirm the accuracy of valuations provided by Portfolio Fund Managers. Inaccurate valuations provided by Portfolio Funds could materially adversely affect the value of Shares. |
• | The Fund may pay asset-based fees and performance-based fees in respect of its interests in Portfolio Funds. Such fees and performance-based compensation are in addition to the fees charged to the Fund by the Advisor. Moreover, an investor in the Fund will indirectly bear a proportionate share of the expenses of the Portfolio Funds, in addition to its proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund. Thus, an investor in the Fund may be subject to higher operating expenses than if the investor invested in the Portfolio Funds directly. Investors could avoid the additional level of fees and expenses of the Fund by investing directly with the Portfolio Funds, although access to many Portfolio Funds may be limited or unavailable, and may not be permitted for investors who do not meet the substantial minimum net worth and other criteria for investment in Portfolio Funds. |
• | Performance-based fees charged by Portfolio Fund Managers may create incentives for the Portfolio Fund Managers to make risky investments, and may be payable by the Fund to a Portfolio Fund Manager based on a Portfolio Fund’s positive returns even if the Fund’s overall returns are negative. |
• | Portfolio Funds generally are not registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act; therefore, the Fund, as an investor in Portfolio Funds, will not have the benefit of the protections afforded by the Investment Company Act. Portfolio Fund Managers may not be registered as investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), in which case the Fund, as an investor in Portfolio Funds managed by such Portfolio Fund Managers, will not have the benefit of certain of the protections afforded by the Advisers Act. |
• | Some of the Portfolio Funds in which the Fund invests may have only limited operating histories. |
• | There is a risk that the Fund may be precluded from acquiring an interest in certain Portfolio Funds due to regulatory implications under the Investment Company Act or other laws, rules and regulations or may be limited in the amount it can invest in voting securities of Portfolio Funds. For example, the Fund is required to disclose the names and current fair market value of its investments in Portfolio Funds on a periodic basis, and a Portfolio Fund may object to public disclosure concerning the Fund’s investment and the valuation of such investment. Similarly, because of the Sub‑Advisor’s actual and potential fiduciary duties to its current and future clients, the Sub‑Advisor may limit the Fund’s ability to access or invest in certain Portfolio Funds. For example, the Sub‑Advisor may believe that the Fund’s disclosure obligations or other regulatory implications under the Investment Company Act may adversely affect the ability of such other clients to access, or invest in, a Portfolio Fund. Furthermore, an investment by the Fund could cause the Fund and other funds managed or sub‑advised by the Sub‑Advisor to become affiliated persons of a Portfolio Fund under the Investment Company Act and prevent them from engaging in certain transactions. The Fund may forego certain voting rights with respect to the Portfolio Funds in an effort to avoid “affiliated person” status under the Investment |
Company Act. The Sub‑Advisor may also refrain from including a Portfolio Fund in the Fund’s portfolio in order to address adverse regulatory implications that would arise under the Investment Company Act for the Fund and the Sub‑Advisor’s other clients if such an investment was made. In addition, the Fund’s ability to invest may be affected by considerations under other laws, rules or regulations. Such regulatory restrictions, including those arising under the Investment Company Act, may cause the Fund to invest in different Portfolio Funds than other clients of the Sub‑Advisor. |
• | Although the Sub‑Advisor will seek to receive detailed information from each Portfolio Fund regarding its historical performance and business strategy, in most cases the Sub‑Advisor will have little or no means of independently verifying this information. A Portfolio Fund may use proprietary investment strategies that are not fully disclosed to the Sub‑Advisor, which may involve risks under some market conditions that are not anticipated by the Sub‑Advisor. |
• | The Fund may receive from a Portfolio Fund an in‑kind distribution of securities that may be illiquid or difficult to value and difficult to dispose of. |
• | The Fund may be required to make incremental contributions pursuant to capital calls issued from time to time by a Portfolio Fund. The Fund expects to allocate a portion of its Managed Assets to the Income-Focused Sleeve in part for the purpose of funding capital calls. |
• | If the Fund fails to satisfy capital calls to a Portfolio Fund in a timely manner then, generally, it will be subject to significant penalties, including the complete forfeiture of the Fund’s investment in the Portfolio Fund. Any failure by the Fund to make timely capital contributions may (i) impair the ability of the Fund to pursue its investment program, (ii) force the Fund to borrow, (iii) cause the Fund to be subject to certain penalties from the Portfolio Funds, or (iv) otherwise impair the value of the Fund’s investments (including the devaluation of the Fund). |
• | A Portfolio Fund Manager may focus on a particular industry or sector, which may subject the Portfolio Fund, and thus the Fund, to greater risk and volatility than if investments had been made in issuers in a broader range of industries. Likewise, a Portfolio Fund Manager may focus on a particular country or geographic region, which may subject the Portfolio Fund, and thus the Fund, to greater risk and volatility than if investments had been made in issuers in a broader range of geographic regions. |
• | Portfolio Funds in which the Fund will acquire an interest may pursue different strategies or establish positions in different geographic regions or industries that, depending on market conditions, could experience offsetting returns. |
• | the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV of the common shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage; |
• | the risk that fluctuations in interest rates or dividend rates on any leverage that the Fund must pay will reduce the return to the common shareholders; |
• | the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the NAV of the common shares than if the Fund were not leveraged; |
• | when the Fund uses financial leverage, the management fee payable to the Advisor will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage; and |
• | leverage may increase operating costs, which may reduce total return. |
• | The annual distribution requirement for a RIC will be satisfied if the Fund distributes to shareholders on an annual basis at least 90% of the Fund’s net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. Because the Fund may borrow, it is subject to an asset coverage ratio requirement under the Investment Company Act and may in the future become subject to certain financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict the Fund from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement. If the Fund is unable to obtain cash from other sources, it could fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax. |
• | The source‑of‑income requirement will be satisfied if the Fund obtains at least 90% of its income for each year from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of stock or securities or similar passive sources. |
• | The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if the Fund meets certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s tax year. To satisfy this requirement, (i) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets must consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) no more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s assets can be invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or |
more issuers that are controlled, as determined under the Code and its applicable regulations, by the Fund and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships.” A determination that two or more Blocker Subsidiaries are in the same or similar or related trades or businesses, and thus subject to a single 25% limitation under the asset diversification tests, could limit the Fund’s ability to pursue a particular investment. Failure to meet these diversification requirements may result in the Fund having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of its qualification as a RIC. Because most of the Fund’s investments will be in private companies, and therefore will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses. |
• | Private equity succeeds through fundamental value creation. Premium investment returns are generated only when investments have multiple levers of value creation and have asymmetrical risk return profiles. The Fund will look for investment opportunities that meet these criteria while being conscious of the market cycle and valuation. |
• | Patience and consistency are key factors for achieving premium returns. Management does not believe that investors can time the private equity market. Rather, management intends to construct the Fund’s Private Equity Sleeve to consistently access top‑tier investments throughout all market cycles. |
• | Failure to diversify often leads to disappointing returns. A successful private equity program develops and adheres to a top‑down asset allocation and diversification model within the asset class. |
• | The true upside in private equity is determined by the quality of bottom‑up fund and investment selection. A consistent, robust and scalable investment process is the key to informed decision making. |
• | There is no substitute for experience supported by hard work. To identify successful sponsors and opportunities to co‑invest alongside those sponsors, rigorous investment due diligence must be combined with investment judgment gained through many years of experience. |
Portfolio Manager | Primary Role | Since | Title and Recent Biography | |||
Stephen Kelly | Jointly and primarily responsible for the day‑to‑day management of the Fund’s portfolio, including setting the Fund’s overall investment strategy and overseeing the management of the Fund. | 2021 | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2006 and Global Head of Business Operations for BlackRock Private Equity Partners (“PEP”) from 2016 to 2020. | |||
Joseph Auriemma | Jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio, including setting the Fund’s overall investment strategy and overseeing the management of the Fund. | 2021 | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2011 and Global Head of Information Management for PEP from 2016 to 2020. | |||
Lynn Baranski | Jointly and primarily responsible for the day‑to‑day management of the Fund’s portfolio, including setting the Fund’s overall investment strategy and overseeing the management of the Fund. | 2022 | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 1997 and Global Head of Investments for PEP since 2010. | |||
James Keenan | Jointly and primarily responsible for the day‑to‑day management of the Fund’s portfolio, including setting the Fund’s overall investment strategy and overseeing the management of the Fund. | 2021 | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2008 and Head of the Leveraged Finance Portfolio Team; Director of BlackRock, Inc. from 2006 to 2007. | |||
Jeffrey Cucunato | Jointly and primarily responsible for the day‑to‑day management of the Fund’s portfolio, including setting the Fund’s overall investment strategy and overseeing the management of the Fund. | 2021 | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2005. |
• | Level 1 – Unadjusted price quotations in active markets/exchanges for identical assets or liabilities that the Fund has the ability to access |
• | Level 2 – Other observable inputs (including, but not limited to, quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in markets that are active, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets or liabilities (such as interest rates, yield curves, volatilities, prepayment speeds, loss severities, credit risks and default rates) or other market–corroborated inputs) |
• | Level 3 – Unobservable inputs based on the best information available in the circumstances, to the extent observable inputs are not available (including the 2a‑5 Committee’s assumptions used in determining the fair value of financial instruments) |
Title of Class | Amount Authorized | Amount Held by the Fund or for its Account | Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Amount Held by the Fund or for its Account | |||||||||
Common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share | Unlimited | None | 14,696,665.75 | |||||||||
Institutional Shares | Unlimited | None | 14,671,665.75 | |||||||||
Class D Shares | Unlimited | None | 25,000.00 |
• | the merger or consolidation of the Fund or any subsidiary of the Fund with or into any Principal Shareholder; |
• | the issuance of any securities of the Fund to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan); |
• | the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Fund to any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Fund, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or |
• | the sale, lease or exchange to the Fund or any subsidiary of the Fund, in exchange for securities of the Fund, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Fund, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period. |
(a) | whether any shareholders have requested to tender Shares to the Fund; |
(b) | the liquidity of the Fund’s assets; |
(c) | the investment plans and working capital and reserve requirements of the Fund; |
(d) | the history of the Fund in repurchasing Shares; |
(e) | the availability and quality of information as to the value of the Fund’s interests in underlying Portfolio Funds; |
(f) | the conditions of the securities markets and the economy generally, as well as political, national or international developments or current affairs; |
(g) | any anticipated tax or regulatory consequences to the Fund of any proposed repurchases of Shares; and |
(h) | the recommendations of the Advisor. |
(a) | If the Board elects to offer to repurchase Shares in the Fund, the Fund will send each shareholder a tender offer that explains the terms and conditions of the repurchase. This tender offer will be sent to shareholders approximately 95 calendar days prior to the Valuation Date for the repurchase, which would generally be expected to be the last business day of March, June, September or December. Shareholders will have at least 20 business days (usually, approximately 30 calendar days) to notify the Fund that the shareholder has elected to tender Shares to the Fund; thus a shareholder will generally have to notify the Fund of the shareholder’s election to tender Shares to the Fund between approximately 95 and 65 calendar days prior to the Valuation Date for the repurchase (the “Notice Date Period”). This means, for example, that the Notice Date Period for a tender offer having a December 31 Valuation Date would generally be between September 27 and October 27. Shares or portions of them will be valued as described below. |
(b) | Immediately after the Notice Date Period, each shareholder whose Shares (or portion of them) have been accepted for repurchase will be bound by the terms of a repurchase instrument (the “Repurchase Instrument”) entitling the shareholder to be paid an amount equal to the value, determined as of the Valuation Date for the repurchase, of the repurchased Shares. |
(c) | The Repurchase Instrument will be un‑certificated, non‑interest bearing, non‑transferable and non‑negotiable. A shareholder who becomes bound by the terms of a Repurchase Instrument (the “Payee”) shall retain all rights, with respect to tendered Shares, to inspect the books and records of the Fund and to receive financial and other reports relating to the Fund until the payment date. Except as otherwise provided in the Repurchase Instrument, such Payee shall not be a shareholder of the Fund and shall have no other rights (including, without limitation, any voting rights) under the Fund’s Declaration of Trust. For purposes of calculating the value of the repurchased Shares, the amount payable to the Payee will take into account and include all Fund gains, losses and expenses until the Valuation Date for the repurchase. If the Fund is liquidated or dissolved prior to the original Valuation Date for the repurchase, the Valuation Date for the repurchase shall become the date on which the Fund is liquidated or dissolved and the value of the repurchased Shares will be calculated in accordance with the foregoing sentence. |
(d) | Payment in respect of the Repurchase Instrument will be made in two or more installments. |
• | An initial payment equal to at least 90% of the amount required to be paid under such Repurchase Instrument will be made as of any business day that is within 45 days after the Valuation Date for the repurchase. |
• | The balance due under the Repurchase Instrument is generally expected to be paid within 90 days after the Valuation Date for the repurchase and will be subject to adjustment as a result of any corrections to the Fund’s NAV as of the Valuation Date for the repurchase. |
• | Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a shareholder tenders only a portion, but not all, of the Shares held by such shareholder (subject to the requirement to continue to hold Shares with a value of at |
least the minimum initial subscription amount after giving effect to the repurchase), payment in respect of the Repurchase Instrument will be made, in respect of such shareholder, in full in a single installment within 45 days after the Valuation Date for the repurchase. If it is later determined that the value at which the Shares were repurchased was incorrect, based on the results of the annual audit of the financial statements of the Fund for the fiscal year in which the Valuation Date of the repurchase occurs or otherwise, the Fund may decrease such shareholder’s remaining account balance by the amount of any overpayment and redeem for no additional consideration a number of Shares having a value equal to such amount, or increase such shareholder’s remaining account balance by the amount of any underpayment and issue for no additional consideration a number of Shares having an aggregate value equal to such amount, as applicable. |
• | The Board has discretion to hold back any amount of the balance due under the Repurchase Instrument for longer than the periods described above, but not longer than until promptly after the completion of the annual audit of the Fund’s financial statements for the fiscal year in which the applicable repurchase is effected, with such balance being subject to adjustment as a result of the Fund’s annual audit or as a result of any other corrections to the Fund’s NAV as of the Valuation Date for the repurchase. In the event the Board determines to hold back any such amount of the balance due under the Repurchase Instrument in accordance with the foregoing, such balance, as adjusted in accordance with the foregoing (if applicable), will be paid not later than promptly after the completion of the Fund’s annual audit. |
• | No interest will be paid on any amounts. The Repurchase Instrument may be prepaid, without premium, penalty or notice, at any time on or after the Valuation Date for the repurchase. |
(a) | the Shares had been transferred in violation of the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws; |
(b) | ownership of the Shares by a shareholder or other person is likely to cause the Fund to be in violation of, or subject the Fund to new or additional registration or regulation under, the securities, commodities or other laws of the United States or any other relevant jurisdiction; |
(c) | continued ownership of the Shares by a shareholder may be harmful or injurious to the business or reputation of the Fund, or may subject the Fund or any shareholder to an undue risk of adverse tax or other fiscal or regulatory consequences; |
(d) | any of the representations and warranties made by a shareholder or other person in connection with the acquisition of Shares was not true when made or has ceased to be true; or |
(e) | the aggregate value of such shareholder’s Shares is, at the time of such compulsory repurchase, less than the minimum initial investment applicable for the Fund. |
(a) | shares (or portions thereof) will be valued as of the “Compulsory Repurchase Valuation Date” (which date, unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall be the last business day of the calendar quarter in which the Fund intends to repurchase the shares); |
(b) | Promptly after the Board determines that the Fund should repurchase the Shares of a shareholder, or any person acquiring Shares from or through a shareholder, pursuant to the authority granted in the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws, the Fund will give to such person whose Shares (or portion thereof) have been called for repurchase (a “Compulsorily Repurchased Shareholder”) notice of the Fund’s intent to repurchase the Shares and the expected Compulsory Repurchase Valuation Date for such Shares; |
(c) | promptly after the Compulsory Repurchase Valuation Date, the Fund will issue to the transfer agent a promissory note (the “Compulsory Repurchase Promissory Note”) with respect to the Shares of the Compulsory Repurchased Shareholder, entitling the Compulsorily Repurchased Shareholder to be paid an amount equal to the value, determined as of the Compulsory Repurchase Valuation Date, of the repurchased Shares; and |
(d) | the Compulsory Repurchase Promissory Note will be non‑interest bearing and nontransferable. Payment in respect of the Compulsory Repurchase Promissory Note will be made within 45 days after the Compulsory Repurchase Valuation Date. |
• | by operation of law as a result of the death, divorce, bankruptcy, insolvency, adjudicated incompetence, dissolution, merger, reorganization or termination of the shareholder; or |
• | with the written consent of the Fund, which may be withheld in the sole discretion of the Board, its delegate or an authorized sub‑delegate. |
• | a citizen or individual resident of the United States; |
• | a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia; |
• | an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or |
• | a trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) it has a valid election in place to be treated as a U.S. person. |
• | be registered under the Investment Company Act as a management company at all times during each taxable year; |
• | derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale of stock or other securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities or foreign currencies, and net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (as defined in the Code) (the “90% Income Test”); and |
• | diversify its holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year: |
¡ | at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and |
¡ | no more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s assets is invested (1) in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer or of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable tax rules, by the Fund and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or (2) in securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “Diversification Tests”). |
Institutional Shares | Class D Shares | |||||||
Minimum Initial Investment | $ | 1,000,000 | $ | 25,000 | ||||
Minimum Subsequent Investment | $ | 10,000 | $ | 5,000 |
• | Employer-sponsored retirement plans (not including Simplified Employee Pension Individual Retirement Arrangements, Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees Individual Retirement Accounts or Salary Reduction Simplified Employee Pension Plans) and state sponsored 529 college savings plans, collective trust funds, investment companies or other pooled investment vehicles, unaffiliated thrifts and unaffiliated banks and trust companies. |
• | Employees, officers and directors/trustees of BlackRock or its affiliates and immediate family members of such persons, if they open an account directly with BlackRock. |
• | Clients of Selling Agents or other financial intermediaries that: (i) charge such clients a fee for advisory, investment consulting, or similar services or (ii) have entered into an agreement with the Distributor to offer Institutional Shares through a no‑load program or investment platform. |
• | which share classes are available to you; |
• | the amount you intend to invest; and |
• | total costs and expenses associated with a particular share class. |
(a) | a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or |
(b) | a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 2 of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 305 of the SFA except: |
i. | to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 305(5) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 305A(3)(c)(ii) of the SFA; |
ii. | where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; |
iii. | where the transfer is by operation of law; |
iv. | as specified in Section 305A(5) of the SFA; or |
v. | as specified in Regulation 36A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Collective Investment Schemes) Regulations 2005 of Singapore. |
![LOGO](https://capedge.com/proxy/424B3/0001193125-24-020997/g740095g72b54.jpg)
BlackRock Private Investments Fund
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
BlackRock Private Investments Fund (the “Fund”) is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relating to common shares does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus relating thereto dated July 28, 2023, as revised January 31, 2024. This SAI, which is not a prospectus, does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing common shares, and investors should obtain and read the prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of the prospectus may be obtained without charge by calling (800) 882-0052. You may also obtain a copy of the prospectus on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) website (http://www.sec.gov). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this SAI have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus.
References to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), or other applicable law, will include any rules promulgated thereunder and any guidance, interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, including court interpretations, and exemptive, no-action or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.
This Statement of Additional Information is dated July 28, 2023, as revised January 31, 2024.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||
S-1 | ||||
S-3 | ||||
S-15 | ||||
S-26 | ||||
S-43 | ||||
S-48 | ||||
S-53 | ||||
S-61 | ||||
S-61 | ||||
S-69 | ||||
S-69 | ||||
S-69 | ||||
S-70 | ||||
A-1 | ||||
B-1 |
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES
Investment Restrictions
The Fund has adopted restrictions and policies relating to the investment of the Fund’s assets and its activities. Certain of the restrictions are fundamental policies of the Fund and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities (which for this purpose and under the Investment Company Act means the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares represented at a meeting at which more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares), including class approval by a majority of the Fund’s outstanding preferred shares, if any (which for this purpose and under the Investment Company Act means the lesser of (i) 67% of the preferred shares, as a single class, represented at a meeting at which more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding preferred shares are represented or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding preferred shares).
Fundamental Investment Restrictions. Under these fundamental investment restrictions, the Fund may not:
1. | Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act. For purposes of this investment restriction, neither the Fund’s investments in Portfolio Funds generally nor its investments in Portfolio Funds following the same general strategy are deemed to be investments in a single industry. |
2. | Borrow money, except as permitted under the Investment Company Act. |
3. | Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the Investment Company Act. |
4. | Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of real estate investment trusts, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments (including interests in Portfolio Funds). |
5. | Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law. |
6. | Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act. |
7. | Make loans to the extent prohibited by the Investment Company Act. |
Notations Regarding the Fund’s Fundamental Investment Restrictions. The following notations are not considered to be part of the Fund’s fundamental investment restrictions and are subject to change without shareholder approval.
With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (1) above, the Investment Company Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. Government and its agencies or instrumentalities; tax exempt securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. Finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents. Each foreign government will be considered to be a member of a separate industry. With respect to fundamental investment
S-1
restriction (1), at the time of initial investment in a Portfolio Fund, the Fund will consider the information made available to it with respect to such Portfolio Fund for purposes of determining whether the Fund will treat an investment in the Portfolio Fund as an investment by the Fund in a particular industry. With respect to the Fund’s industry classifications, the Fund may utilize any one or more of the industry sub-classifications used by one or more widely recognized market indexes or rating group indexes, and/or as defined by BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “Advisor”). The policy provides authority to the Fund to classify issuers within or among industries in its reasonable discretion.
With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (2) above, the Investment Company Act, including the rules and regulations thereunder, generally prohibits the Fund from borrowing money (other than certain temporary borrowings) unless immediately after the borrowing the Fund has satisfied the asset coverage test with respect to senior securities representing indebtedness prescribed by the Investment Company Act; that is, the value of the Fund’s total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (for these purposes, “total net assets”) is at least 300% of the senior securities representing indebtedness (effectively limiting the use of leverage through senior securities representing indebtedness to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total net assets, including assets attributable to such leverage). Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings or involve leverage and thus are subject to the Investment Company Act restrictions. In accordance with Rule 18f-4 under the Investment Company Act, when the Fund engages in reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions, the Fund may either (i) maintain asset coverage of at least 300% with respect to such transactions and any other borrowings in the aggregate, or (ii) treat such transactions as “derivatives transactions” and comply with Rule 18f-4 under the Investment Company Act with respect to such transactions. Under the Investment Company Act, the Fund may not issue senior securities representing stock unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Fund’s total net assets is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s outstanding senior securities representing stock, plus the aggregate amount of any senior securities representing indebtedness (effectively limiting the use of leverage through senior securities to 50% of the Fund’s total net assets). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on common shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the asset coverage tests described above are satisfied after giving effect to such dividend or distribution. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.
With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (5) above, the Investment Company Act does not prohibit the Fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, in the case of diversified funds, the Investment Company Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause the Fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act or is otherwise engaged in the underwriting business to the extent permitted by applicable law.
With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (7) above, the Investment Company Act does not prohibit the Fund from making loans (including lending its securities); however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets (including lending its securities), except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments (as applicable), as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.
S-2
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions. Under its non-fundamental investment restrictions, which may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval, the Fund may not make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except to the extent permitted by the Fund’s prospectus and SAI, as amended from time to time, and applicable law.
Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations under the Fund’s investment restrictions apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken. Any change in the percentage of the Fund’s assets invested in certain securities or other instruments resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in the Fund’s total assets, including changes resulting from the Fund having a smaller base of assets after a repurchase offer, will not require the Fund to dispose of an investment until the Advisor determines that it is practicable to sell or close out the investment without undue market or tax consequences.
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund’s investment objective, policies and techniques that are described in the prospectus. The Fund may invest in the following instruments and use the following investment techniques, subject to any limitations set forth in the prospectus. There is no guarantee the Fund will buy all of the types of securities or use all of the investment techniques that are described herein. As described in the prospectus, the Advisor manages the portion of the Fund’s investments that have been allocated to the Income-Focused Sleeve of the Fund. The Advisor has entered into an agreement with BCIA pursuant to which BCIA manages the Fund’s investments in Portfolio Companies and Portfolio Funds and any other investments in the Private Equity Sleeve.
Preferred Shares
The Fund may leverage its portfolio by issuing preferred shares. The Board would consider numerous factors when deciding whether to issue preferred shares. Preferred shares may at times afford more structuring flexibility and better rates than some forms of borrowing. In addition, the Fund may issue a greater amount of preferred shares as compared to borrowings.
Under the Investment Company Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue preferred shares if, immediately after such issuance, the liquidation value of the Fund’s outstanding preferred shares exceeds 50% of its assets (including the proceeds from the issuance) less liabilities other than borrowings (i.e., the value of the Fund’s assets must be at least 200% of the liquidation value of its outstanding preferred shares). In addition, the Fund would not be permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund’s assets less liabilities other than borrowings is at least 200% of such liquidation value.
The Fund expects that preferred shares, if issued, will pay dividends at a fixed rate as described in the offering documents accompanying the offering of any such shares. The Fund may also issue preferred shares that would pay adjustable rate dividends based on shorter-term interest rates, which would be redetermined periodically by a fixed spread or remarketing process, subject to a maximum rate which would increase over time in the event of an extended period of unsuccessful remarketing. The adjustment period for such preferred share dividends could be as short as one day or as long as a year or more. Preferred shares, if issued, could include a liquidity feature that allows holders of preferred shares to have their shares purchased by a liquidity provider in the event that sell orders have not been matched with purchase orders and successfully settled in a remarketing. The Fund expects that it would pay a fee to the provider of this liquidity feature, which would be borne by common shareholders of the Fund. The terms of such liquidity feature could require the Fund to redeem preferred shares still owned by the liquidity provider following a certain period of continuous, unsuccessful remarketing, which may adversely impact the Fund.
S-3
If preferred shares are issued, the Fund may, to the extent possible, purchase or redeem preferred shares from time to time to the extent necessary in order to maintain asset coverage of any preferred shares of at least 200%. In addition, as a condition to obtaining ratings on the preferred shares, the terms of any preferred shares issued are expected to include asset coverage maintenance provisions which will require the redemption of the preferred shares in the event of non-compliance by the Fund and may also prohibit dividends and other distributions on the shares in such circumstances. In order to meet redemption requirements, the Fund may have to liquidate portfolio securities. Such liquidations and redemptions would cause the Fund to incur related transaction costs and could result in capital losses to the Fund. Prohibitions on dividends and other distributions on the Shares could impair the Fund’s ability to qualify as a RIC under the Code. If the Fund has preferred shares outstanding, two of the Trustees will be elected by the holders of preferred shares voting separately as a class. The remaining Trustees will be elected by holders of Shares and preferred shares voting together as a single class. In the event the Fund failed to pay dividends on preferred shares for two years, holders of preferred shares would be entitled to elect a majority of the Trustees.
If the Fund issues preferred shares, the Fund expects that it will be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for preferred shares issued by the Fund. These guidelines are expected to impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the Investment Company Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines would impede the Advisor or Sub-Advisor from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements
The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with respect to its portfolio investments subject to the investment restrictions set forth herein and in the prospectus. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Fund with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment. In accordance with Rule 18f-4 under the Investment Company Act, when the Fund engages in reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions, the Fund may either (i) maintain asset coverage of at least 300% with respect to such transactions and any other borrowings in the aggregate, or (ii) treat such transactions as “derivatives transactions” and comply with Rule 18f-4 with respect to such transactions. See “Additional Risk Factors—Risk Factors in Strategic Transactions and Derivatives—Rule 18f-4 Under the Investment Company Act” below.
The use by the Fund of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks of leverage since the proceeds derived from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities acquired in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities the Fund has sold but is obligated to repurchase. Also, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale by the Fund in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline in price.
If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities and the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision. Also, the Fund would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the securities subject to such agreement.
The Fund also may effect simultaneous purchase and sale transactions that are known as “sale-buybacks.” A sale-buyback is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement, except that in a sale-buyback, the counterparty that purchases the security is entitled to receive any principal or interest payments made on the underlying security pending settlement of the Fund’s repurchase of the underlying security.
S-4
Illiquid Investments and Restricted Securities
The Fund will invest in investments that lack an established secondary trading market or otherwise are considered illiquid. Liquidity of an investment relates to the ability to dispose easily of the investment and the price to be obtained upon disposition of the investment, which may be less than would be obtained for a comparable more liquid investment. Illiquid investments may not trade at all or may trade at a discount from comparable, more liquid investments. Investment of the Fund’s assets in illiquid investments may restrict the ability of the Fund to dispose of its investments in a timely fashion and for a fair price as well as its ability to take advantage of market opportunities. The risks associated with illiquidity will be particularly acute where a Fund’s operations require cash, such as if the Fund elects to repurchase Shares, and could result in the Fund borrowing to meet short-term cash requirements or incurring capital losses on the sale of illiquid investments.
The Fund will invest in securities that are not registered under the 1933 Act (“restricted securities”). Restricted securities may be sold in private placement transactions between issuers and their purchasers and may be neither listed on an exchange nor traded in other established markets. In many cases, privately placed securities may not be freely transferable under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or due to contractual restrictions on resale. As a result of the absence of a public trading market, privately placed securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than publicly traded securities. To the extent that privately placed securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from the sales, due to illiquidity, could be less than those originally paid by the Fund or less than their fair market value. In addition, issuers whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that may be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. If any privately placed securities held by the Fund are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being resold, the Fund may be required to bear the expenses of registration. Where registration is required for restricted securities, a considerable time period may elapse between the time the Fund decides to sell the security and the time it is actually permitted to sell the security under an effective registration statement. If during such period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Fund might obtain less favorable pricing terms than when it decided to sell the security. Transactions in restricted securities may entail other transaction costs that are higher than those for transactions in unrestricted securities. Certain of the Fund’s investments in private placements, particularly Portfolio Companies, may include investments in smaller, less seasoned issuers, which may involve greater risks. These issuers may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may be dependent on a limited management group. In making investments in such securities, the Fund may obtain access to material nonpublic information, which may restrict the Fund’s ability to conduct portfolio transactions in such securities.
Rights Offerings and Warrants to Purchase
The Fund may participate in rights offerings and may purchase warrants, which are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the rights’ and warrants’ expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security. Buying a warrant does not make the Fund a shareholder of the underlying stock. The warrant holder has no voting or dividend rights with respect to the underlying stock. A warrant does not carry any right to assets of the issuer, and for this reason investments in warrants may be more speculative than other equity-based investments.
Zero-Coupon Bonds, Step-Ups and Payment-In-Kind Securities
Zero-coupon bonds pay interest only at maturity rather than at intervals during the life of the security. Like zero-coupon bonds, “step up” bonds pay no interest initially but eventually begin to pay a coupon rate prior to
S-5
maturity, which rate may increase at stated intervals during the life of the security. Payment-in-kind securities (“PIKs”) are debt obligations that pay “interest” in the form of other debt obligations, instead of in cash. Each of these instruments is normally issued and traded at a deep discount from face value. Zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs allow an issuer to avoid or delay the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments and, as a result, may involve greater credit risk than bonds that pay interest currently or in cash. The Fund would be required to distribute the income on these instruments as it accrues, even though the Fund will not receive the income on a current basis or in cash.
Bank Obligations
Bank obligations may include certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties, which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits.
Obligations of foreign banks involve somewhat different investment risks than those affecting obligations of U.S. banks, including the possibilities that their liquidity could be impaired because of future political and economic developments, that their obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of U.S. banks, that a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding taxes on interest income payable on those obligations, that foreign deposits may be seized or nationalized, that foreign governmental restrictions such as exchange controls may be adopted which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on those obligations and that the selection of those obligations may be more difficult because there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks or the accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to U.S. banks. Foreign banks are not generally subject to examination by any U.S. Government agency or instrumentality.
Securities Lending
The Fund may lend portfolio securities to certain borrowers determined to be creditworthy by the Advisor, including to borrowers affiliated with the Advisor. The borrowers provide collateral that is maintained in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned. As a result of limitations under the Investment Company Act and SEC staff guidance, no securities loan will be made on behalf of the Fund if, as a result, the aggregate value of all securities loans of the Fund exceeds one-third of the value of the Fund’s total assets (including the value of the collateral received). The Fund may terminate a loan at any time and obtain the return of the securities loaned. The Fund receives the value of any interest or cash or non-cash distributions paid on the loaned securities.
With respect to loans that are collateralized by cash, the borrower may be entitled to receive a fee based on the amount of cash collateral. The Fund is compensated by the difference between the amount earned on the reinvestment of cash collateral and the fee paid to the borrower. In the case of collateral other than cash, the Fund is compensated by a fee paid by the borrower equal to a percentage of the market value of the loaned securities. Any cash collateral received by the Fund for such loans, and uninvested cash, may be invested, among other things, in a private investment company managed by an affiliate of the Advisor or in registered money market funds advised by the Advisor or their affiliates; such investments are subject to investment risk.
S-6
The Fund conducts its securities lending pursuant to an exemptive order from the SEC permitting it to lend portfolio securities to borrowers affiliated with the Fund and to retain an affiliate of the Fund as lending agent. To the extent that the Fund engages in securities lending, BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“BIM”), an affiliate of the Advisor, acts as securities lending agent for the Fund, subject to the overall supervision of the Advisor. BIM administers the lending program in accordance with guidelines approved by the Board.
To the extent that the Fund engages in securities lending, the Fund retains a portion of securities lending income and remits a remaining portion to BIM as compensation for its services as securities lending agent. Securities lending income is equal to the total of income earned from the reinvestment of cash collateral (and excludes collateral investment expenses as defined below), and any fees or other payments to and from borrowers of securities. As securities lending agent, BIM bears all operational costs directly related to securities lending. The Fund is responsible for expenses in connection with the investment of cash collateral received for securities on loan (the “collateral investment expenses”). The cash collateral is invested in a private investment company managed by the Advisor or its affiliates. However, BIM has agreed to cap the collateral investment expenses of the private investment company to an annual rate of 0.04%. In addition, in accordance with the exemptive order, the investment adviser to the private investment company will not charge any advisory fees with respect to shares purchased by the Fund. Such shares also will not be subject to a sales load, distribution fee or service fee. If the private investment company’s weekly liquid assets fall below 30% of its total assets, BIM, as managing member of the private investment company, is permitted at any time, if it determines it to be in the best interests of the private investment company, to impose a liquidity fee of up to 2% of the value of units withdrawn or impose a redemption gate that temporarily suspends the right of withdrawal out of the private investment company. In addition, if the private investment company’s weekly liquid assets fall below 10% of its total assets at the end of any business day, the private investment company will impose a liquidity fee in the default amount of 1% of the amount withdrawn, generally effective as of the next business day, unless BIM determines that a higher (not to exceed 2%) or lower fee level or not imposing a liquidity fee is in the best interests of the private investment company. The shares of the private investment company purchased by the Fund would be subject to any such liquidity fee or redemption gate imposed.
Under the securities lending program, the Fund is categorized into a specific asset class. The determination of the Fund’s asset class category (fixed income, domestic equity, international equity, or fund of funds), each of which may be subject to a different fee arrangement, is based on a methodology agreed to between the Fund and BIM.
Pursuant to the current securities lending agreement: (i) if the Fund were to engage in securities lending, the Fund retains 82% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment expenses), and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment expenses.
In addition, commencing the business day following the date that the aggregate securities lending income earned across the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex in a calendar year exceeds a specified threshold, the Fund, pursuant to the current securities lending agreement, will receive for the remainder of that calendar year securities lending income as follows: (i) if the Fund were to engage in securities lending, 85% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment expenses); and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment expenses.
Stripped Securities
Stripped securities are created when the issuer separates the interest and principal components of an instrument and sells them as separate securities. In general, one security is entitled to receive the interest payments on the underlying assets (the interest only or “IO” security) and the other to receive the principal payments (the principal only or “PO” security). Some stripped securities may receive a combination of interest and principal payments. The yields to maturity on IOs and POs are sensitive to the expected or anticipated rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying assets, and principal payments may have a
S-7
material effect on yield to maturity. If the underlying assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may not fully recoup its initial investment in IOs. Conversely, if the underlying assets experience less than anticipated prepayments of principal, the yield on POs could be adversely affected. Stripped securities may be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and rates of prepayment.
Strategic Transactions
As described in the prospectus, the Fund may use Strategic Transactions (as defined in the prospectus). This section contains various additional information about the types of Strategic Transactions in which the Fund may engage.
Swaps. The Fund may enter into swap agreements, including interest rate and index swap agreements. Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. The “notional amount” of the swap agreement is only a fictive basis on which to calculate the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. The Fund’s obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”).
Whether the Fund’s use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on the Advisor’s ability to correctly predict whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. Swap agreements also bear the risk that the Fund will not be able to meet its payment obligations to the counterparty. Restrictions imposed by the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies (“RICs”) may limit the Fund’s ability to use swap agreements. It is possible that developments in the swap market, including government regulation, could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.
Swaptions. A swaption is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. The Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions. Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, the Fund may incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it would incur when it purchases a swaption with the same terms. When the Fund purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when the Fund writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.
Total Return Swaps. Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because, in addition to its Managed Assets (as defined in the prospectus), the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.
S-8
Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Fund thereunder. Swap agreements also bear the risk that the Fund will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty. Generally, the Fund will enter into total return swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted against one another with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments).
Foreign Exchange Transactions. The Fund may engage in spot and forward foreign exchange transactions and currency swaps, purchase and sell options on currencies and purchase and sell currency futures and related options thereon (collectively, “Currency Instruments”). Such transactions could be effected with respect to hedges on foreign dollar denominated securities owned by the Fund, sold by the Fund but not yet delivered, or committed or anticipated to be purchased by the Fund. As an illustration, the Fund may use such techniques to hedge the stated value in U.S. dollars of an investment in a yen-denominated security. In such circumstances, for example, the Fund may purchase a foreign currency put option enabling it to sell a specified amount of yen for dollars at a specified price by a future date. To the extent the hedge is successful, a loss in the value of the yen relative to the dollar will tend to be offset by an increase in the value of the put option. To offset, in whole or in part, the cost of acquiring such a put option, the Fund may also sell a call option which, if exercised, requires it to sell a specified amount of yen for dollars at a specified price by a future date (a technique called a “straddle”). By selling such a call option in this illustration, the Fund gives up the opportunity to profit without limit from increases in the relative value of the yen to the dollar. “Straddles” of the type that may be used by the Fund are considered to constitute hedging transactions. The Fund is not required to attempt to hedge any or all of its foreign portfolio positions.
Forward Foreign Currency Contracts. The Fund may enter into forward currency contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or another foreign currency. A forward currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (term) from the date of the forward currency contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time the forward currency contract is entered into. Forward currency contracts are traded directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. The Fund may purchase a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a security denominated in a foreign currency that the Fund intends to acquire. The Fund may sell a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent of the proceeds from the anticipated sale of a security or a dividend or interest payment denominated in a foreign currency. The Fund may also use forward currency contracts to shift the Fund’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes from one currency to another. For example, if the Fund owns securities denominated in a foreign currency and the Advisor believes that currency will decline relative to another currency, the Fund might enter into a forward currency contract to sell the appropriate amount of the first foreign currency with payment to be made in the second currency. The Fund may also purchase forward currency contracts to enhance income when the Advisor anticipates that the foreign currency will appreciate in value but securities denominated in that currency do not present attractive investment opportunities. The Fund may also use forward currency contracts to hedge against a decline in the value of existing investments denominated in a foreign currency. Such a hedge would tend to offset both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in security values caused by other factors. The Fund could also hedge the position by entering into a forward currency contract to sell another currency expected to perform similarly to the currency in which the Fund’s existing investments are denominated. This type of transaction could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield or efficiency, but may not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a simple forward currency transaction to sell U.S. dollars. This type of transaction may result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated. The Fund may also use forward currency contracts in one currency or a basket of currencies to attempt to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities denominated in a different currency if the Advisor anticipates that there will be a correlation between the two currencies.
The cost to the Fund of engaging in forward currency contracts varies with factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward currency
S-9
contracts are usually entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are usually involved. When the Fund enters into a forward currency contract, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at the maturity of the contract. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of some or all of any expected benefit of the transaction. Secondary markets generally do not exist for forward currency contracts, with the result that closing transactions generally can be made for forward currency contracts only by negotiating directly with the counterparty. Thus, there can be no assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to close out a forward currency contract at a favorable price prior to maturity. In addition, in the event of insolvency of the counterparty, the Fund might be unable to close out a forward currency contract. In either event, the Fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position. The precise matching of forward currency contract amounts and the value of the securities involved generally will not be possible because the value of such securities, measured in the foreign currency, will change after the forward currency contract has been established. Thus, the Fund might need to purchase or sell foreign currencies in the spot (cash) market to the extent such foreign currencies are not covered by forward currency contracts. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain.
Use of Options as Strategic Transactions. The Fund may also use options as Strategic Transactions.
Call Options as Strategic Transactions. The Fund may purchase call options on any of the types of securities or instruments in which it may invest. A purchased call option gives the Fund the right to buy, and obligates the seller to sell, the underlying security at the exercise price at any time during the option period. The Fund also may purchase and sell call options on indices. Index options are similar to options on securities except that, rather than taking or making delivery of securities underlying the option at a specified price upon exercise, an index option gives the holder the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the level of the index upon which the option is based is greater than the exercise price of the option.
The Fund may write (i.e., sell) covered call options on the securities or instruments it holds and enter into closing purchase transactions with respect to certain of such options. A covered call option is an option in which the Fund, in return for a premium, gives another party a right to buy specified securities owned by the Fund at a specified future date and price set at the time of the contract. The principal reason for writing covered call options is the attempt to realize, through the receipt of premiums, a greater return than would be realized on the securities alone. By writing covered call options, the Fund gives up the opportunity, while the option is in effect, to profit from any price increase in the underlying security above the option exercise price. In addition, the Fund’s ability to sell the underlying security will be limited while the option is in effect unless the Fund enters into a closing purchase transaction. A closing purchase transaction cancels out the Fund’s position as the writer of an option by means of an offsetting purchase of an identical option prior to the expiration of the option it has written. Covered call options also serve as a partial hedge to the extent of the premium received against the price of the underlying security declining.
The Fund may write (i.e., sell) uncovered call options on securities or instruments in which it may invest but that are not currently held by the Fund. The principal reason for writing uncovered call options is to realize income without committing capital to the ownership of the underlying securities or instruments. When writing uncovered call options, the Fund must deposit and maintain sufficient margin with the broker-dealer through which it made the uncovered call option as collateral to ensure that the securities can be purchased for delivery if and when the option is exercised. During periods of declining securities prices or when prices are stable, writing uncovered calls can be a profitable strategy to increase the Fund’s income with minimal capital risk. Uncovered calls are riskier than covered calls because there is no underlying security held by the Fund that can act as a partial hedge. Uncovered calls have speculative characteristics and the potential for loss is unlimited. When an uncovered call is exercised, the Fund must purchase the underlying security to meet its call obligation. There is also a risk, especially with less liquid preferred and debt securities, that the securities may not be available for purchase. If the purchase price exceeds the exercise price, the Fund will lose the difference.
S-10
Put Options as Strategic Transactions. The Fund may purchase put options. By buying a put option, the Fund acquires a right to sell such underlying securities or instruments at the exercise price, thus limiting the Fund’s risk of loss through a decline in the market value of the securities or instruments until the put option expires. The amount of any appreciation in the value of the underlying securities or instruments will be partially offset by the amount of the premium paid for the put option and any related transaction costs. Prior to its expiration, a put option may be sold in a closing sale transaction and profit or loss from the sale will depend on whether the amount received is more or less than the premium paid for the put option plus the related transaction costs. A closing sale transaction cancels out the Fund’s position as the purchaser of an option by means of an offsetting sale of an identical option prior to the expiration of the option it has purchased.
The Fund also may write (i.e., sell) put options on securities or instruments in which it may invest but that the Fund does not currently have a corresponding short position or has not deposited cash equal to the exercise value of the put option with the broker-dealer through which it made the uncovered put option as collateral. The principal reason for writing such put options is to receive premium income and to acquire such securities or instruments at a net cost below the current market value. The Fund has the obligation to buy the securities or instruments at an agreed upon price if the securities or instruments decrease below the exercise price. If the securities or instruments price increases during the option period, the option will expire worthless and the Fund will retain the premium and will not have to purchase the securities or instruments at the exercise price. In selling puts, there is a risk that the Fund may be required to buy the underlying security at a price higher than the current market price.
Financial Futures Transactions and Options. The Fund is authorized to purchase and sell certain exchange traded financial futures contracts (“financial futures contracts”) in order to hedge its investments against declines in value, and to hedge against increases in the cost of securities it intends to purchase or to seek to enhance the Fund’s return. However, any transactions involving financial futures or options (including puts and calls associated therewith) will be in accordance with the Fund’s investment policies and limitations. A financial futures contract obligates the seller of a contract to deliver and the purchaser of a contract to take delivery of the type of financial instrument covered by the contract, or in the case of index-based futures contracts to make and accept a cash settlement, at a specific future time for a specified price. To hedge its portfolio, the Fund may take an investment position in a futures contract which will move in the opposite direction from the portfolio position being hedged. A sale of financial futures contracts may provide a hedge against a decline in the value of portfolio securities because such depreciation may be offset, in whole or in part, by an increase in the value of the position in the financial futures contracts. A purchase of financial futures contracts may provide a hedge against an increase in the cost of securities intended to be purchased because such appreciation may be offset, in whole or in part, by an increase in the value of the position in the futures contracts.
Distributions, if any, of net long term capital gains from certain transactions in futures or options are taxable at long term capital gains rates for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Futures Contracts. A futures contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a security or, in the case of an index-based futures contract, to make and accept a cash settlement for a set price on a future date. A majority of transactions in futures contracts, however, do not result in the actual delivery of the underlying instrument or cash settlement, but are settled through liquidation, i.e., by entering into an offsetting transaction. Futures contracts have been designed by boards of trade which have been designated “contracts markets” by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”).
The purchase or sale of a futures contract differs from the purchase or sale of a security in that no price or premium is paid or received. Instead, an amount of cash or securities acceptable to the broker and the relevant contract market, which varies, but is generally about 5% of the contract amount, must be deposited with the broker. This amount is known as “initial margin” and represents a “good faith” deposit assuring the performance of both the purchaser and seller under the futures contract. Subsequent payments to and from the broker, called “variation margin,” are required to be made on a daily basis as the price of the futures contract fluctuates making
S-11
the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking to the market.” At any time prior to the settlement date of the futures contract, the position may be closed out by taking an opposite position that will operate to terminate the position in the futures contract. A final determination of variation margin is then made, additional cash is required to be paid to or released by the broker and the purchaser realizes a loss or gain. In addition, a nominal commission is paid on each completed sale transaction.
The Fund may also purchase and sell financial futures contracts on U.S. Government securities as a hedge against adverse changes in interest rates as described below. The Fund may purchase and write call and put options on futures contracts on U.S. Government securities in connection with its hedging strategies.
The Fund also may engage in other futures contracts transactions such as futures contracts on municipal bond indices that may become available if the Advisor should determine that there is normally a sufficient correlation between the prices of such futures contracts and securities in which the Fund invests to make such hedging appropriate.
Futures Strategies. The Fund may sell a financial futures contract (i.e., assume a short position) in anticipation of a decline in the value of its investments resulting from an increase in interest rates or otherwise. The risk of decline could be reduced without employing futures as a hedge by selling investments and either reinvesting the proceeds in securities with shorter maturities or by holding assets in cash. This strategy, however, entails increased transaction costs in the form of dealer spreads and typically would reduce the average yield of the Fund’s portfolio securities as a result of the shortening of maturities. The sale of futures contracts provides an alternative means of hedging against declines in the value of its investments. As such values decline, the value of the Fund’s positions in the futures contracts will tend to increase, thus offsetting all or a portion of the depreciation in the market value of the Fund’s investments that are being hedged. While the Fund will incur commission expenses in selling and closing out futures positions, commissions on futures transactions are typically lower than transaction costs incurred in the purchase and sale of the Fund’s investments being hedged. In addition, the ability of the Fund to trade in the standardized contracts available in the futures markets may offer a more effective defensive position than a program to reduce the average maturity of the portfolio securities due to the unique and varied credit and technical characteristics of the instruments available to the Fund. Employing futures as a hedge also may permit the Fund to assume a defensive posture without reducing the yield on its investments beyond any amounts required to engage in futures trading.
When the Fund intends to purchase a security, the Fund may purchase futures contracts as a hedge against any increase in the cost of such security resulting from a decrease in interest rates or otherwise, that may occur before such purchase can be effected. Subject to the degree of correlation between such securities and futures contracts, subsequent increases in the cost of such securities should be reflected in the value of the futures held by the Fund. As such purchases are made, an equivalent amount of futures contracts will be closed out. Due to changing market conditions and interest rate forecasts, however, a futures position may be terminated without a corresponding purchase of portfolio securities.
Call Options on Futures Contracts. The Fund may also purchase and sell exchange traded call and put options on financial futures contracts. The purchase of a call option on a futures contract is analogous to the purchase of a call option on an individual security. Depending on the pricing of the option compared to either the futures contract upon which it is based or the price of the underlying securities, it may or may not be less risky than ownership of the futures contract or underlying securities. Like the purchase of a futures contract, the Fund may purchase a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a market advance when the Fund is not fully invested.
The writing of a call option on a futures contract constitutes a partial hedge against declining prices of the securities which are deliverable upon exercise of the futures contract. If the futures price at expiration is below the exercise price, the Fund will retain the full amount of the option premium which provides a partial hedge against any decline that may have occurred in the Fund’s portfolio holdings.
S-12
Put Options on Futures Contracts. The purchase of a put option on a futures contract is analogous to the purchase of a protective put option on portfolio securities. The Fund may purchase a put option on a futures contract to hedge the Fund’s portfolio against the risk of rising interest rates.
The writing of a put option on a futures contract constitutes a partial hedge against increasing prices of the securities which are deliverable upon exercise of the futures contract. If the futures price at expiration is higher than the exercise price, the Fund will retain the full amount of the option premium which provides a partial hedge against any increase in the price of securities which the Fund intends to purchase.
The writer of an option on a futures contract is required to deposit initial and variation margin pursuant to requirements similar to those applicable to futures contracts. Premiums received from the writing of an option will be included in initial margin. The writing of an option on a futures contract involves risks similar to those relating to futures contracts.
Additional Information About Options. In the case of either put or call options that it has purchased, if the option expires without being sold or exercised, the Fund will experience a loss in the amount of the option premium plus any commissions paid by the Fund. When the Fund sells put and call options, it receives a premium as the seller of the option. The premium that the Fund receives for selling the option will serve as a partial and limited (to the dollar amount of the premium) hedge, in the amount of the option premium, against changes in the value of the securities in its portfolio. During the term of the option, however, a covered call seller has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the opportunity for capital appreciation above the exercise price of the option if the value of the underlying security increases, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. Conversely, a put seller retains the risk of loss should the market value of the underlying security decline below the exercise price of the option, less the premium received on the sale of the option. The Fund may purchase and sell exchange-listed options and over-the-counter options (“OTC options”) which are privately negotiated with the counterparty. Listed options are issued by the OCC, which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to such options.
The Fund’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an exchange-listed put or call option is dependent upon the existence of a liquid secondary market on option exchanges. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange are: (i) insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; (iv) interruption of the normal operations on an exchange; (v) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or OCC to handle current trading volume; or (vi) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been listed by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would generally continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. OTC options are purchased from or sold to dealers, financial institutions or other counterparties which have entered into direct agreements with the Fund. With OTC options, such variables as expiration date, exercise price and premium will be agreed upon between the Fund and the counterparty, without the intermediation of a third party such as the OCC. If the counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the securities underlying an option it has written, or otherwise settle the transaction in accordance with the terms of that option as written, the Fund would lose the premium paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. OTC options and assets used to cover OTC options written by the Fund are considered by the staff of the SEC to be illiquid. The illiquidity of such options or assets may prevent a successful sale of such options or assets, result in a delay of sale, or reduce the amount of proceeds that might otherwise be realized.
The hours of trading for options on debt securities may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the option markets.
S-13
Hybrid Instruments. A hybrid instrument is a type of potentially high-risk derivative that combines a traditional bond, stock or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a hybrid is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a “benchmark”). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed-income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. An example of a hybrid could be a bond issued by an oil company that pays a small base level of interest with additional interest that accrues in correlation to the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level. Such a hybrid instrument would be a combination of a bond and a call option on oil. Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes the Fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the NAV of the Fund’s common shares if the Fund invests in hybrid instruments.
New Products. The financial markets continue to evolve and financial products continue to be developed. The Fund reserves the right to invest in new financial products as they are developed or become more widely accepted. As with any new financial product, these products will entail risks, including risks to which the Fund currently is not subject.
The principal risks relating to the use of futures contracts and other Strategic Transactions are: (i) less than perfect correlation between the prices of the instrument and the market value of the securities in the Fund’s portfolio; (ii) possible lack of a liquid secondary market for closing out a position in such instruments; (iii) losses resulting from interest rate or other market movements not anticipated by the Advisor; and (iv) the obligation to meet additional variation margin or other payment requirements, all of which could result in the Fund being in a worse position than if such transactions had not been used.
Certain provisions of the Code may restrict or affect the ability of the Fund to engage in Strategic Transactions. See “Tax Matters.”
Cash Equivalents and Short Term Debt Securities
For temporary defensive purposes or to keep cash on hand fully invested, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its total assets in cash equivalents and short-term debt securities.
Short-term debt securities are defined to include, without limitation:
1. | U.S. Government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. Government securities include securities issued by (a) the FHA, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration GNMA, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the FHLBs, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (c) FNMA, whose securities are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only |
S-14
by its credit. While the U.S. Government provides financial support to such U.S. Government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities. Consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate. |
2. | Certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Certificates of deposit purchased by the Fund may not be fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. |
3. | Repurchase agreements, which involve purchases of debt securities. |
4. | Commercial paper, which consists of short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Fund and a corporation. There is no secondary market for such notes. However, they are redeemable by the Fund at any time. The Advisor will consider the financial condition of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios) and will continuously monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all of its financial obligations, because the Fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand. |
Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) Integration
Although the Fund does not seek to implement a specific sustainability objective, strategy or process, Fund management applies ESG integration as part of the investment process for the Fund. Fund management views ESG integration as the practice of incorporating financially material ESG data or information into investment processes with the objective of enhancing risk-adjusted returns. These ESG considerations will vary depending on the Fund’s particular investment strategies and may include consideration of third-party research as well as consideration of proprietary research of the Advisor across the ESG risks and opportunities regarding an issuer. The ESG characteristics utilized in the Fund’s investment process are anticipated to evolve over time and one or more characteristics may not be relevant with respect to all issuers that are eligible for investment.
ESG considerations may affect the Fund’s exposure to certain companies or industries and the Fund may forego certain investment opportunities because of certain ESG considerations. While Fund management views ESG considerations as having the potential to contribute to the Fund’s long-term performance, there is no guarantee that such results will be achieved.
ADDITIONAL RISK FACTORS
Primary Investment Risk
The Fund currently does not intend to commit any portion of the assets of the Private Equity Sleeve to making capital commitments on a primary basis to “blind pool” Portfolio Funds during their initial fundraising period (each, a “Primary Investment”). It is possible that BCIA may, in the future, cause the Fund to participate in Primary Investments. If in the future the Fund does engage in Primary Investments, it will be subject to the risks of Primary Investments in Portfolio Funds. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:
• | The Portfolio Fund interests in which the Fund may invest in a Primary Investment are expected to be illiquid and the realization of investments from them may take considerable time and/or be costly. |
• | The Portfolio Funds in which the Fund makes a Primary Investment generally will have no operating histories. |
S-15
• | The Fund generally will not contribute the full amount of its commitment to a Portfolio Fund at the time of its admission to the Portfolio Fund. Instead, the Fund will be required to make incremental contributions pursuant to capital calls issued from time to time by the Portfolio Fund. In those circumstances, the Fund expects to maintain a sizeable position in cash, cash equivalents and high-quality, short term instruments in anticipation of funding capital calls. |
• | Portfolio Funds generally are not registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act; therefore, the Fund, as an investor in Portfolio Funds, will not have the benefit of the protections afforded by the Investment Company Act. |
• | A Portfolio Fund Manager may focus on a particular industry or sector, which may subject the Portfolio Fund, and thus the Fund, to greater risk and volatility than if investments had been made in issuers in a broader range of industries. Likewise, a Portfolio Fund Manager may focus on a particular country or geographic region, which may subject the Portfolio Fund, and thus the Fund, to greater risk and volatility than if investments had been made in issuers in a broader range of geographic regions. |
See “Risks – Portfolio Fund Risks” in the prospectus for additional information regarding the risks associated with the Fund’s investments in Portfolio Funds.
Convertible Securities Risk
The value of convertible securities is influenced by both the yield on nonconvertible securities of comparable issuers and by the value of the underlying common stock. The value of a convertible security viewed without regard to its conversion feature (i.e., strictly on the basis of its yield) is sometimes referred to as its “investment value.” To the extent interest rates change, the investment value of the convertible security typically will fluctuate. At the same time, however, the value of the convertible security will be influenced by its “conversion value,” which is the market value of the underlying common stock that would be obtained if the convertible security were converted. Conversion value fluctuates directly with the price of the underlying common stock. If the conversion value of a convertible security is substantially below its investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. To the extent the conversion value of a convertible security increases to a point that approximates or exceeds its investment value, the price of the convertible security will be influenced principally by its conversion value. A convertible security will sell at a premium over the conversion value to the extent investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding a fixed-income security. The yield and conversion premium of convertible securities issued in Japan and the Euromarket are frequently determined at levels that cause the conversion value to affect their market value more than the securities’ investment value.
Holders of convertible securities generally have a claim on the assets of the issuer prior to the common stockholders but may be subordinated to other debt securities of the same issuer. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in a charter provision, indenture or other governing instrument pursuant to which the convertible security was issued. If a convertible security held by the Fund is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Certain convertible debt securities may provide a put option to the holder, which entitles the holder to cause the security to be redeemed by the issuer at a premium over the stated principal amount of the debt security under certain circumstances.
The Fund may also invest in synthetic convertible securities. Synthetic convertible securities may include either Cash-Settled Convertibles or Manufactured Convertibles. “Cash-Settled Convertibles” are instruments that are created by the issuer and have the economic characteristics of traditional convertible securities but may not actually permit conversion into the underlying equity securities in all circumstances. As an example, a private company may issue a Cash-Settled Convertible that is convertible into common stock only if the company successfully completes a public offering of its common stock prior to maturity and otherwise pays a cash amount to reflect any equity appreciation. “Manufactured Convertibles” are created by the Advisor or another party by
S-16
combining separate securities that possess one of the two principal characteristics of a convertible security, i.e., fixed-income (“fixed-income component”) or a right to acquire equity securities (“convertibility component”). The fixed-income component is achieved by investing in nonconvertible fixed-income securities, such as nonconvertible bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. The convertibility component is achieved by investing in call options, warrants, or other securities with equity conversion features (“equity features”) granting the holder the right to purchase a specified quantity of the underlying stocks within a specified period of time at a specified price or, in the case of a stock index option, the right to receive a cash payment based on the value of the underlying stock index.
A Manufactured Convertible differs from traditional convertible securities in several respects. Unlike a traditional convertible security, which is a single security that has a unitary market value, a Manufactured Convertible is comprised of two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the total “market value” of such a Manufactured Convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed-income component and its convertibility component.
More flexibility is possible in the creation of a Manufactured Convertible than in the purchase of a traditional convertible security. Because many corporations have not issued convertible securities, the Advisor may combine a fixed-income instrument and an equity feature with respect to the stock of the issuer of the fixed-income instrument to create a synthetic convertible security otherwise unavailable in the market. The Advisor may also combine a fixed-income instrument of an issuer with an equity feature with respect to the stock of a different issuer when the Advisor believes such a Manufactured Convertible would better promote the Fund’s investment objective than alternative investments. For example, the Advisor may combine an equity feature with respect to an issuer’s stock with a fixed-income security of a different issuer in the same industry to diversify the Fund’s credit exposure, or with a U.S. Treasury instrument to create a Manufactured Convertible with a higher credit profile than a traditional convertible security issued by that issuer. A Manufactured Convertible also is a more flexible investment in that its two components may be purchased separately and, upon purchasing the separate securities, “combined” to create a Manufactured Convertible. For example, the Fund may purchase a warrant for eventual inclusion in a Manufactured Convertible while postponing the purchase of a suitable bond to pair with the warrant pending development of more favorable market conditions.
The value of a Manufactured Convertible may respond to certain market fluctuations differently from a traditional convertible security with similar characteristics. For example, in the event the Fund created a Manufactured Convertible by combining a short-term U.S. Treasury instrument and a call option on a stock, the Manufactured Convertible would be expected to outperform a traditional convertible of similar maturity that is convertible into that stock during periods when Treasury instruments outperform corporate fixed-income securities and underperform during periods when corporate fixed-income securities outperform Treasury instruments.
Rights Risk
The failure to exercise subscription rights to purchase common stock would result in the dilution of the Fund’s interest in the issuing company. The market for such rights is not well developed, and, accordingly, the Fund may not always realize full value on the sale of rights.
Zero Coupon Securities Risk
Zero coupon securities are securities that are sold at a discount to par value and do not pay interest during the life of the security. The discount approximates the total amount of interest the security will accrue and compound over the period until maturity at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. Upon maturity, the holder of a zero coupon security is entitled to receive the par value of the security.
S-17
While interest payments are not made on zero coupon securities, holders of such securities are deemed to have received income (“phantom income”) annually, notwithstanding that cash may not be received currently. The effect of owning instruments that do not make current interest payments is that a fixed yield is earned not only on the original investment but also, in effect, on all discount accretion during the life of the obligations. This implicit reinvestment of earnings at a fixed rate eliminates the risk of being unable to invest distributions at a rate as high as the implicit yield on the zero coupon security, but at the same time eliminates the holder’s ability to reinvest at higher rates in the future. For this reason, some of these securities may be subject to substantially greater price fluctuations during periods of changing market interest rates than are comparable securities that pay interest currently. Longer term zero coupon securities are more exposed to interest rate risk than shorter term zero coupon securities. These investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of cash.
The Fund accrues income with respect to these securities for U.S. federal income tax and accounting purposes prior to the receipt of cash payments. Zero coupon securities may be subject to greater fluctuation in value and less liquidity in the event of adverse market conditions than comparably rated securities that pay cash interest at regular intervals.
Further, to maintain its qualification for pass-through treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, the Fund is required to distribute income to its shareholders and, consequently, may have to dispose of other, more liquid portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances or may have to leverage itself by borrowing in order to generate the cash to satisfy these distributions. The required distributions may result in an increase in the Fund’s exposure to zero coupon securities.
In addition to the risks described herein, there are certain other risks related to investing in zero coupon securities. During a period of severe market conditions, the market for such securities may become even less liquid. In addition, as these securities do not pay cash interest, the Fund’s investment exposure to these securities and their risks, including credit risk, will increase during the time these securities are held in the Fund’s portfolio.
Securities Lending Risk
The Fund may lend securities to financial institutions. Securities lending involves exposure to certain risks, including operational risk (i.e., the risk of losses resulting from problems in the settlement and accounting process), “gap” risk (i.e., the risk of a mismatch between the return on cash collateral reinvestments and the fees the Fund has agreed to pay a borrower), foreign exchange risk (i.e., the risk of a shortfall at default when a cash collateral investment is denominated in a currency other than the currency of the assets being loaned due to movements in foreign exchange rates), and credit, legal, counterparty and market risks. If a securities lending counterparty were to default, the Fund would be subject to the risk of a possible delay in receiving collateral or in recovering the loaned securities, or to a possible loss of rights in the collateral. In the event a borrower does not return the Fund’s securities as agreed, the Fund may experience losses if the proceeds received from liquidating the collateral do not at least equal the value of the loaned security at the time the collateral is liquidated, plus the transaction costs incurred in purchasing replacement securities. This event could trigger adverse tax consequences for the Fund. The Fund could lose money if its short-term investment of the collateral declines in value over the period of the loan. Substitute payments for dividends received by the Fund for securities loaned out by the Fund will generally not be considered qualified dividend income. The securities lending agent will take the tax effects on shareholders of this difference into account in connection with the Fund’s securities lending program. Substitute payments received on tax-exempt securities loaned out will generally not be tax-exempt income.
Pay-in-Kind Bonds Risk
The Fund may invest in PIK bonds. PIK bonds are bonds which pay interest through the issuance of additional debt or equity securities. Similar to zero coupon obligations, PIK bonds also carry additional risk as
S-18
holders of these types of securities realize no cash until the cash payment date unless a portion of such securities is sold and, if the issuer defaults, the Fund may obtain no return at all on its investment. The market price of PIK bonds is affected by interest rate changes to a greater extent, and therefore tends to be more volatile, than that of securities which pay interest in cash. Additionally, current U.S. federal income tax law requires the holder of certain PIK bonds to accrue income with respect to these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. To maintain its qualification as a RIC and avoid liability for U.S. federal income and excise taxes, the Fund may be required to distribute income accrued with respect to these securities and may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements.
Risk Factors in Strategic Transactions
The Fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. There are significant risks that apply generally to derivatives transactions, including:
• | Correlation Risk—the risk that changes in the value of a derivative will not match the changes in the value of the portfolio holdings that are being hedged or of the particular market or security to which the Fund seeks exposure. There are a number of factors which may prevent a derivative instrument from achieving the desired correlation (or inverse correlation) with an underlying asset, rate or index, such as the impact of fees, expenses and transaction costs, the timing of pricing, and disruptions or illiquidity in the markets for such derivative instrument. |
• | Counterparty Risk—the risk that the counterparty in a derivative transaction will be unable to honor its financial obligation to the Fund. In particular, derivatives traded in OTC markets often are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation and often do not require payment of margin, and to the extent that the Fund has unrealized gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its counterparties the Fund is at risk that its counterparties will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor their obligations. The Fund will typically attempt to minimize counterparty risk by engaging in OTC derivatives transactions only with creditworthy entities that have substantial capital or that have provided the Fund with a third-party guaranty or other credit support. |
• | Credit Risk— the risk that the reference entity in a credit default swap or similar derivative will not be able to honor its financial obligations. |
• | Currency Risk—the risk that changes in the exchange rate between two currencies will adversely affect the value (in U.S. dollar terms) of an investment. |
• | Illiquidity Risk—the risk that certain securities or instruments may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time or at the price desired by the counterparty in connection with payments of margin, collateral, or settlement payments. There can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to unwind or offset a derivative at its desired price, in a secondary market or otherwise. It may, therefore, not be possible for the Fund to unwind its position in a derivative without incurring substantial losses (if at all). The absence of liquidity may also make it more difficult for the Fund to ascertain a market value for such instruments. Although both OTC and exchange-traded derivatives markets may experience a lack of liquidity, certain derivatives traded in OTC markets, including swaps and OTC options, involve substantial illiquidity risk. The Fund will, therefore, acquire illiquid OTC derivatives (i) if the agreement pursuant to which the instrument is purchased contains a formula price at which the instrument may be terminated or sold, or (ii) for which the Advisor anticipates the Fund can receive on each business day at least two independent bids or offers, unless a quotation from only one dealer is available, in which case that dealer’s quotation may be used. The illiquidity of the derivatives markets may be due to various factors, including congestion, disorderly markets, limitations on deliverable supplies, the participation of speculators, government regulation and intervention, and technical and operational or system failures. In addition, the liquidity of a secondary market in an exchange-traded |
S-19
derivative contract may be adversely affected by “daily price fluctuation limits” established by the exchanges which limit the amount of fluctuation in an exchange-traded contract price during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in the contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing the liquidation of open positions. Prices have in the past moved beyond the daily limit on a number of consecutive trading days. If it is not possible to close an open derivative position entered into by the Fund, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin in the event of adverse price movements. In such a situation, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily variation margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. |
• | Index Risk—if the derivative is linked to the performance of an index, it will be subject to the risks associated with changes in that index. If the index changes, the Fund could receive lower interest payments or experience a reduction in the value of the derivative to below the price that the Fund paid for such derivative. |
• | Legal Risk— the risk of insufficient documentation, insufficient capacity or authority of counterparty, or legality or enforceability of a contract. |
• | Leverage Risk—the risk that the Fund’s derivatives transactions can magnify the Fund’s gains and losses. Relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of a derivatives position and can result in losses that greatly exceed the amount originally invested. |
• | Market Risk— the risk that changes in the value of one or more markets or changes with respect to the value of the underlying asset will adversely affect the value of a derivative. In the event of an adverse movement, the Fund may be required to pay substantial additional margin to maintain its position or the Fund’s returns may be adversely affected. |
• | Operational Risk— the risk related to potential operational issues, including documentation issues, settlement issues, systems failures, inadequate controls and human error. |
• | Valuation Risk— the risk that valuation sources for a derivative will not be readily available in the market. This is possible especially in times of market distress, since many market participants may be reluctant to purchase complex instruments or quote prices for them. |
• | Volatility Risk— the risk that the value of derivatives will fluctuate significantly within a short time period. |
When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that the Fund holds, any loss generated by the derivative generally should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that the Fund’s hedging transactions will be effective. The Fund could also suffer losses related to its derivative positions as a result of unanticipated market movements, which losses are potentially unlimited. The Advisor may not be able to predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates and other economic factors, which could cause the Fund’s derivatives positions to lose value. In addition, some derivatives are more sensitive to interest rate changes and market price fluctuations than other securities. The possible lack of a liquid secondary market for derivatives and the resulting inability of the Fund to sell or otherwise close a derivatives position could expose the Fund to losses and could make derivatives more difficult for the Fund to value accurately.
When engaging in a hedging transaction, the Fund may determine not to seek to establish a perfect correlation between the hedging instruments utilized and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Such an imperfect correlation may prevent the Fund from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Fund to a risk of loss. The Fund may also determine not to hedge against a particular risk because it does not regard the probability of the risk occurring to be sufficiently high as to justify the cost of the hedge or because it does not foresee the occurrence of the risk. It may not be possible for the Fund to hedge against a change or event at attractive prices
S-20
or at a price sufficient to protect the assets of the Fund from the decline in value of the portfolio positions anticipated as a result of such change. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge at all against certain risks.
If the Fund invests in a derivative instrument it could lose more than the principal amount invested. Moreover, derivatives raise certain tax, legal, regulatory and accounting issues that may not be presented by investments in securities, and there is some risk that certain issues could be resolved in a manner that could adversely impact the performance of the Fund.
The Fund is not required to use derivatives or other portfolio strategies to seek to increase return or to seek to hedge its portfolio and may choose not to do so. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that would be beneficial. Although the Advisor seeks to use derivatives to further the Fund’s investment objective, there is no assurance that the use of derivatives will achieve this result.
Options Risk. There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities and indexes. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options, whether traded OTC or on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (an “Exchange”) may be absent for reasons which include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an Exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an Exchange; the facilities of an Exchange or the OCC may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or one or more Exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that Exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that Exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
Futures Transactions and Options Risk. The primary risks associated with the use of futures contracts and options are (a) the imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the instruments held by the Fund and the price of the futures contract or option; (b) possible lack of a liquid secondary market for a futures contract and the resulting inability to close a futures contract when desired; (c) losses caused by unanticipated market movements, which are potentially unlimited; (d) the Advisor’s inability to predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors; and (e) the possibility that the counterparty will default in the performance of its obligations.
Investment in futures contracts involves the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the futures contract and the price of the security being hedged. The hedge will not be fully effective when there is imperfect correlation between the movements in the prices of two financial instruments. For example, if the price of the futures contract moves more or less than the price of the hedged security, the Fund will experience either a loss or gain on the futures contract which is not completely offset by movements in the price of the hedged securities. To compensate for imperfect correlations, the Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts in a greater dollar amount than the hedged securities if the volatility of the hedged securities is historically greater than the volatility of the futures contracts. Conversely, the Fund may purchase or sell fewer futures contracts if the volatility of the price of the hedged securities is historically lower than that of the futures contracts.
The particular securities comprising the index underlying a securities index financial futures contract may vary from the securities held by the Fund. As a result, the Fund’s ability to hedge effectively all or a portion of the value of its securities through the use of such financial futures contracts will depend in part on the degree to which price movements in the index underlying the financial futures contract correlate with the price movements
S-21
of the securities held by the Fund. The correlation may be affected by disparities in the average maturity, ratings, geographical mix or structure of the Fund’s investments as compared to those comprising the securities index and general economic or political factors. In addition, the correlation between movements in the value of the securities index may be subject to change over time as additions to and deletions from the securities index alter its structure. The correlation between futures contracts on U.S. Government securities and the securities held by the Fund may be adversely affected by similar factors and the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of such futures contracts and the prices of securities held by the Fund may be greater. The trading of futures contracts also is subject to certain market risks, such as inadequate trading activity, which could at times make it difficult or impossible to liquidate existing positions.
The Fund may liquidate futures contracts it enters into through offsetting transactions on the applicable contract market. There can be no assurance, however, that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Thus, it may not be possible to close out a futures position. In the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin. In such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may be required to sell portfolio securities to meet daily variation margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. The inability to close out futures positions also could have an adverse impact on the Fund’s ability to hedge effectively its investments in securities. The liquidity of a secondary market in a futures contract may be adversely affected by “daily price fluctuation limits” established by commodity exchanges which limit the amount of fluctuation in a futures contract price during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in the contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing the liquidation of open futures positions. Prices have in the past moved beyond the daily limit on a number of consecutive trading days.
The successful use of transactions in futures and related options also depends on the ability of the Advisor to forecast correctly the direction and extent of interest rate movements within a given time frame. To the extent interest rates remain stable during the period in which a futures contract or option is held by the Fund or such rates move in a direction opposite to that anticipated, the Fund may realize a loss on the Strategic Transaction which is not fully or partially offset by an increase in the value of portfolio securities. As a result, the Fund’s total return for such period may be less than if it had not engaged in the Strategic Transaction.
Because of low initial margin deposits made upon the opening of a futures position, futures transactions involve substantial leverage. As a result, relatively small movements in the price of the futures contracts can result in substantial unrealized gains or losses. There is also the risk of loss by the Fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with which the Fund has an open position in a financial futures contract. Because the Fund may engage in the purchase and sale of futures contracts for hedging purposes or to seek to enhance the Fund’s return, any losses incurred in connection therewith may, if the strategy is successful, be offset in whole or in part by increases in the value of securities held by the Fund or decreases in the price of securities the Fund intends to acquire.
The amount of risk the Fund assumes when it purchases an option on a futures contract is the premium paid for the option plus related transaction costs. In addition to the correlation risks discussed above, the purchase of an option on a futures contract also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option purchased.
General Risk Factors in Hedging Foreign Currency. Hedging transactions involving Currency Instruments involve substantial risks, including correlation risk. While the Fund’s use of Currency Instruments, if any, to effect hedging strategies is intended to reduce the volatility of the NAV of the Fund’s common shares, the NAV of the Fund’s common shares will fluctuate. Moreover, although Currency Instruments may be used with the intention of hedging against adverse currency movements, transactions in Currency Instruments involve the risk that anticipated currency movements will not be accurately predicted and that the Fund’s hedging strategies will be ineffective. To the extent that the Fund hedges against anticipated currency movements that do not occur, the Fund may realize losses and decrease its total return as the result of its hedging transactions. Furthermore, the
S-22
Fund will only engage in hedging activities from time to time and may not be engaging in hedging activities when movements in currency exchange rates occur.
It may not be possible for the Fund to hedge against currency exchange rate movements, even if correctly anticipated, in the event that (i) the currency exchange rate movement is so generally anticipated that the Fund is not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an effective price, or (ii) the currency exchange rate movement relates to a market with respect to which Currency Instruments are not available and it is not possible to engage in effective foreign currency hedging. The cost to the Fund of engaging in foreign currency transactions varies with such factors as the currencies involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Since transactions in foreign currency exchange usually are conducted on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved.
Foreign Currency Forwards Risk. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts do not eliminate fluctuations in the value of Non-U.S. Securities (as defined in the prospectus) but rather allow the Fund to establish a fixed rate of exchange for a future point in time. This strategy can have the effect of reducing returns and minimizing opportunities for gain.
In connection with its trading in forward foreign currency contracts, the Fund will contract with a foreign or domestic bank, or foreign or domestic securities dealer, to make or take future delivery of a specified amount of a particular currency. There are no limitations on daily price moves in such forward contracts, and banks and dealers are not required to continue to make markets in such contracts. There have been periods during which certain banks or dealers have refused to quote prices for such forward contracts or have quoted prices with an unusually wide spread between the price at which the bank or dealer is prepared to buy and that at which it is prepared to sell. Governmental imposition of credit controls might limit any such forward contract trading. With respect to its trading of forward contracts, if any, the Fund will be subject to the risk of bank or dealer failure and the inability of, or refusal by, a bank or dealer to perform with respect to such contracts. Any such default would deprive the Fund of any profit potential or force the Fund to cover its commitments for resale, if any, at the then market price and could result in a loss to the Fund.
The Fund may also engage in proxy hedging transactions to reduce the effect of currency fluctuations on the value of existing or anticipated holdings of portfolio securities. Proxy hedging is often used when the currency to which the Fund is exposed is difficult to hedge or to hedge against the dollar. Proxy hedging entails entering into a forward contract to sell a currency whose changes in value are generally considered to be linked to a currency or currencies in which some or all of the Fund’s securities are, or are expected to be, denominated, and to buy U.S. dollars. Proxy hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to the Fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. In addition, there is the risk that the perceived linkage between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that the Fund is engaging in proxy hedging. The Fund may also cross-hedge currencies by entering into forward contracts to sell one or more currencies that are expected to decline in value relative to other currencies to which the Fund has or in which the Fund expects to have portfolio exposure. For example, the Fund may hold both Canadian government bonds and Japanese government bonds, and the Advisor may believe that Canadian dollars will deteriorate against Japanese yen. The Fund would sell Canadian dollars to reduce its exposure to that currency and buy Japanese yen. This strategy would be a hedge against a decline in the value of Canadian dollars, although it would expose the Fund to declines in the value of the Japanese yen relative to the U.S. dollar.
Some of the forward non-U.S. currency contracts entered into by the Fund may be classified as non-deliverable forwards (“NDFs”). NDFs are cash-settled, short-term forward contracts that may be thinly traded or are denominated in non-convertible foreign currency, where the profit or loss at the time at the settlement date is calculated by taking the difference between the agreed upon exchange rate and the spot rate at the time of settlement, for an agreed upon notional amount of funds. All NDFs have a fixing date and a settlement date. The fixing date is the date at which the difference between the prevailing market exchange rate
S-23
and the agreed upon exchange rate is calculated. The settlement date is the date by which the payment of the difference is due to the party receiving payment. NDFs are commonly quoted for time periods of one month up to two years, and are normally quoted and settled in U.S. dollars. They are often used to gain exposure to and/or hedge exposure to foreign currencies that are not internationally traded.
Currency Futures Risk. The Fund may also seek to hedge against the decline in the value of a currency or to enhance returns through use of currency futures or options thereon. Currency futures are similar to forward foreign exchange transactions except that futures are standardized, exchange-traded contracts while forward foreign exchange transactions are traded in the OTC market. Currency futures involve substantial currency risk, and also involve leverage risk.
Currency Options Risk. The Fund may also seek to hedge against the decline in the value of a currency or to enhance returns through the use of currency options. Currency options are similar to options on securities. For example, in consideration for an option premium the writer of a currency option is obligated to sell (in the case of a call option) or purchase (in the case of a put option) a specified amount of a specified currency on or before the expiration date for a specified amount of another currency. The Fund may engage in transactions in options on currencies either on exchanges or OTC markets. Such transactions in options may include exotic options on currencies, which are typically traded in OTC markets and have additional features that result in different payment structures and/or expirations. Currency options involve substantial currency risk, and may also involve credit, leverage or illiquidity risk.
Currency Swaps Risk. The Fund may enter into currency swaps. Currency swaps involve the exchange of the rights of the Fund and another party to make or receive payments in specified currencies. The Fund may also hedge portfolio positions through currency swaps, which are transactions in which one currency is simultaneously bought for a second currency on a spot basis and sold for the second currency on a forward basis. Currency swaps usually involve the delivery of the entire principal value of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency. Because currency swaps usually involve the delivery of the entire principal value of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency, the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations.
Over-the-Counter Trading Risk. The derivative instruments that may be purchased or sold by the Fund may include instruments not traded on an exchange. The risk of nonperformance by the counterparty to an instrument may be greater than, and the ease with which the Fund can dispose of or enter into closing transactions with respect to an instrument may be less than, the risk associated with an exchange traded or cleared OTC instrument. In addition, significant disparities may exist between “bid” and “asked” prices for derivative instruments that are not traded on an exchange. The absence of liquidity may make it difficult or impossible for the Fund to sell such instruments promptly at an acceptable price. Derivative instruments not traded on exchanges also are not subject to the same type of government regulation as exchange traded or cleared OTC instruments, and many of the protections afforded to participants in a regulated environment may not be available in connection with the transactions. Because derivatives traded in OTC markets generally are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation and generally do not require payment of margin, to the extent that the Fund has unrealized gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its counterparties the Fund is at risk that its counterparties will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor its obligations.
Rule 18f-4 Under the Investment Company Act. Rule 18f-4 under the Investment Company Act permits the Fund to enter into Derivatives Transactions (as defined below) and certain other transactions notwithstanding the restrictions on the issuance of “senior securities” under Section 18 of the Investment Company Act. Section 18 of the Investment Company Act, among other things, prohibits closed-end funds, including the Fund, from issuing or selling any “senior security” representing indebtedness (unless the fund maintains 300% “asset coverage”) or any senior security representing stock (unless the fund maintains 200% “asset coverage”).
S-24
Under Rule 18f-4, “Derivatives Transactions” include the following: (1) any swap, security-based swap (including a contract for differences), futures contract, forward contract, option (excluding purchased options), any combination of the foregoing, or any similar instrument, under which the Fund is or may be required to make any payment or delivery of cash or other assets during the life of the instrument or at maturity or early termination, whether as margin or settlement payment or otherwise; (2) any short sale borrowing; (3) reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions (e.g., recourse and non-recourse tender option bonds, and borrowed bonds), if the Fund elects to treat these transactions as Derivatives Transactions under Rule 18f-4; and (4) when-issued or forward-settling securities (e.g., firm and standby commitments, including to-be-announced (“TBA”) commitments, and dollar rolls) and non-standard settlement cycle securities, unless such transactions meet the Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision (as defined in the prospectus under “The Fund’s Investments—Portfolio Contents and Techniques—When-Issued Securities, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments”).
Unless the Fund is relying on the Limited Derivatives User Exception (as defined below), the Fund must comply with Rule 18f-4 under the Investment Company Act with respect to its Derivatives Transactions. Rule 18f-4, among other things, requires the Fund to adopt and implement a comprehensive written derivatives risk management program (“DRMP”) and comply with a relative or absolute limit on fund leverage risk calculated based on value-at-risk (“VaR”). The DRMP is administered by a “derivatives risk manager,” who is appointed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”), including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) (the “Independent Trustees”), and periodically reviews the DRMP and reports to the Board.
Rule 18f-4 provides an exception from the DRMP, VaR limit and certain other requirements if the Fund’s “derivatives exposure” is limited to 10% of its net assets (as calculated in accordance with Rule 18f-4) and the Fund adopts and implements written policies and procedures reasonably designed to manage its derivatives risks (the “Limited Derivatives User Exception”).
Dodd-Frank Act Risk. Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Derivatives Title”) imposed a substantially new regulatory structure on derivatives markets, with particular emphasis on swaps (which are subject to oversight by the CFTC) and security-based swaps (which are subject to oversight by the SEC). The regulatory framework covers a broad range of swap market participants, including banks, non-banks, credit unions, insurance companies, broker-dealers and investment advisers. Prudential regulators were granted authority to regulate margining of swaps and security-based swaps of banks and bank-related entities.
Current regulations for swaps require the mandatory central clearing and mandatory exchange trading of particular types of interest rate swaps and index credit default swaps (together, “Covered Swaps”). The Fund is required to clear its Covered Swaps through a clearing broker, which requires, among other things, posting initial margin and variation margin to the Fund’s clearing broker in order to enter into and maintain positions in Covered Swaps. Covered Swaps generally are required to be executed through a swap execution facility (“SEF”), which can involve additional transaction fees.
Additionally, under the Dodd-Frank Act, with respect to uncleared swaps (both uncleared swaps and uncleared security-based swaps entered into with banks), swap dealers are required to collect from the Fund both initial and variation margin (comprised of specified liquid instruments and subject to a required haircut). Shares of investment companies (other than certain money market funds) may not be posted as collateral under applicable regulations. As capital and margin requirements for swap dealers and capital and margin requirements for security-based swaps are implemented, such requirements may make certain types of trades and/or trading strategies more costly. There may be market dislocations due to uncertainty during the implementation period of any new regulation and the Advisors cannot know how the derivatives market will adjust to such new regulations.
S-25
In addition, regulations adopted by global prudential regulators that are now in effect require certain bank-regulated counterparties and certain of their affiliates to include in “qualified financial contracts,” including many derivatives contracts as well as repurchase agreements and securities lending agreements, terms that delay or restrict the rights of counterparties to terminate such contracts, foreclose upon collateral, exercise other default rights or restrict transfers of affiliate credit enhancements (such as guarantees) in the event that the bank-regulated counterparty and/or its affiliates are subject to certain types of resolution or insolvency proceedings.
Legal and Regulatory Risk. At any time after the date hereof, legislation or additional regulations may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Fund. Changing approaches to regulation may have a negative impact on the securities in which the Fund invests. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Fund or will not impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective. In addition, as new rules and regulations resulting from the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act are implemented and new international capital and liquidity requirements are introduced under the Basel III Accords, the market may not react the way the Advisor expects. Whether the Fund achieves its investment objective may depend on, among other things, whether the Advisor correctly forecasts market reactions to this and other legislation. In the event the Advisor incorrectly forecasts market reaction, the Fund may not achieve its investment objective.
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
Investment Management Agreement
Although the Advisor intends to devote such time and effort to the business of the Fund as is reasonably necessary to perform its duties to the Fund, the services of the Advisor are not exclusive and the Advisor provides similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.
The amended and restated investment management agreement between the Advisor and the Fund (the “Investment Management Agreement”) also provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, the Advisor is not liable to the Fund or any of the Fund’s shareholders for any act or omission by the Advisor in the supervision or management of its respective investment activities or for any loss sustained by the Fund or the Fund’s shareholders and provides for indemnification by the Fund of the Advisor, its directors, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Fund, subject to certain limitations and conditions.
Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, the Advisor receives a management fee at an annual rate equal to 1.75% of the Fund’s net assets determined monthly (before the accrual of the distribution fee and the management fee for that month and after the accrual of any expense reimbursements owed to the Fund by the Advisor pursuant to the Expense Agreement for that month). The Investment Management Agreement was approved by shareholders at a special shareholder meeting held on January 17, 2024. Prior to January 31, 2024, the management fee paid by the Fund to the Advisor was based on the Fund’s calendar quarter-end net assets, rather than month-end net assets, pursuant to a prior investment management agreement that was in effect from the commencement of the operations of the Fund until January 31, 2024.
The Advisor has contractually agreed to reduce its net management fee to an annual rate of 1.00% until December 31, 2024 (the “Fee Reduction Agreement”). Unless otherwise extended by agreement between the Fund and the Advisor, the management fee payable by the Fund as of January 1, 2025 will return to its contractual annual rate of 1.75%. Prior to April 19, 2022, the net management fee applicable to the Fund was reduced to 1.25% pursuant to a prior fee reduction agreement that was in effect from September 30, 2021 until
S-26
April 18, 2022. The reduction of the management fee under the Fee Reduction Agreement is not subject to recoupment by the Advisor under the Expense Agreement, described below.
The Trust and the Advisor have entered into a fee waiver agreement (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”), pursuant to which the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive the management fee with respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets attributable to investments in any equity and fixed-income mutual funds and exchange-traded funds managed by the Advisor or its affiliates that have a contractual management fee, through June 30, 2025. In addition, pursuant to the Fee Waiver Agreement, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its management fees by the amount of investment advisory fees the Fund pays to the Advisor indirectly through its investment in money market funds advised by the Advisor or its affiliates, through June 30, 2025. The Fee Waiver Agreement may be continued from year to year thereafter, provided that such continuance is specifically approved by the Advisor and the Fund (including by a majority of the Fund’s Independent Trustees). Neither the Advisor nor the Fund is obligated to extend the Fee Waiver Agreement. The Fee Waiver Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, only by the Fund (upon the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Fund or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund), upon 90 days’ written notice by the Fund to the Advisor.
Pursuant to an Expense Limitation Agreement between the Fund and the Advisor (the “Expense Agreement”), effective as of November 15, 2023, the Advisor has agreed to waive and/or reimburse certain operating and other expenses of the Fund in order to limit certain expenses to 0.50% of the Fund’s average monthly value of the net assets of each share class (the “Expense Cap”). Prior to November 15, 2023, the Advisor agreed to waive and/or reimburse certain operating and other expenses of the Fund in order to limit certain expenses to 0.75% of the Fund’s average quarterly value of the net assets of each share class pursuant to a prior expense limitation agreement that was in effect from the commencement of operations of the Fund until November 15, 2023. Subject to the terms of the Expense Agreement and provided that the Fund has more than $50 million in assets and BlackRock or an affiliate serves as the Fund’s investment adviser or administrator, expenses borne by the Advisor in the prior two fiscal years of the Fund are subject to recoupment by the Advisor. Such recoupment arrangement will terminate on December 31, 2027. The Fund will carry forward any waivers and/or reimbursements of fees and expenses in excess of the Expense Cap and repay the Advisor such amount provided the Fund is able to do so without exceeding the lesser of (1) the expense limit in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement, as applicable, or (2) the expense limit in effect at the time of recoupment after giving effect to the repayment. The Expense Agreement continues from year to year if approved by a majority of the Fund’s Independent Trustees. The current term of the Expense Agreement expires on June 30, 2025. Expenses covered by the Expense Cap include all of the Fund’s expenses other than those expressly excluded by the Expense Cap. Expenses covered by the Expense Cap include, without limitation, custodial, accounting and administrative services (e.g., expenses incurred in connection with: reconciling cash and investment balances with the Fund’s custodian; calculating contractual expenses, including management fees; determining net income; arranging for the computation of the Fund’s NAV; preparing the Fund’s Statement of Assets and Liabilities, Statement of Operations and Statements of Changes in Net Assets; preparing the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports; receiving and tabulating proxies; maintaining the register of shareholders, including any transfer or repurchase of common shares; arranging for the calculation of the issue and repurchase price of Shares; preparing tender offer notices and performing all work associated with tender offers; allocating income, expenses, gains and losses; issuing reports and transaction statements to Fund shareholders), any ongoing organizational expenses, and all initial and ongoing offering expenses (other than any applicable sales load). The Advisor (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay the Fund’s initial organizational expenses. Expenses excluded from the Expense Cap are limited to (i) the investment advisory fee; (ii) interest expense and other financing costs, if any; (iii) portfolio transaction and other investment-related costs (including acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, dealer and underwriter spreads, commitment fees on leverage facilities, prime broker fees and expenses and dividend expenses related to short sales); (iv) taxes; (v) any other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business (including, without limitation, litigation expenses); and (vi) if applicable, any ongoing distribution fees and/or shareholder servicing fees.
S-27
The Advisor has agreed to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses of the Fund incurred in connection with seeking shareholder approval of the Investment Management Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement (as defined below) at the special shareholder meeting held on January 17, 2024. The Advisor will not seek recoupment of any such proxy solicitation expenses from the Fund pursuant to the Expense Agreement or otherwise.
The Investment Management Agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date, and if not sooner terminated, will continue in effect for successive periods of 12 months thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Board or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Investment Management Agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Investment Management Agreement may be terminated as a whole at any time by the Fund, without the payment of any penalty, upon the vote of a majority of the Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or by the Advisor, on 60 days’ written notice by either party to the other which can be waived by the non-terminating party. The Investment Management Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its “assignment” (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).
A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the Investment Management Agreement by the Board is available in the Fund’s Definitive Proxy Statement dated December 4, 2023.
The table below sets forth information about the total management fees paid by the Fund to the Advisor (which includes amounts paid by the Advisor to the Sub-Advisor), and the amounts waived and/or reimbursed by the Advisor, for the periods indicated:
Fiscal Year/Period Ended | Paid to the Advisor | Waived by the Advisor | Reimbursed by the Advisor | |||
2023 | $2,326,543 | $1,026,241 | $ 2,632 | |||
2022 | $1,566,182 | $ 925,304 | $ 1,651 | |||
2021 | $ 73,993 | $ 73,993 | $35,505 |
Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement
BlackRock Capital Investment Advisors, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock, performs certain of the day-to-day investment management of the Fund pursuant to a separate amended and restated sub-investment advisory agreement (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”).
The Advisor, and not the Fund, pays an annual sub-advisory fee to the Sub-Advisor equal to a percentage of the management fee received by the Advisor from the Fund with respect to the Fund’s month-end net assets allocated to the Sub-Advisor, pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement. The Sub-Advisory Agreement was approved by shareholders at a special shareholder meeting held on January 17, 2024. Prior to January 31, 2024, the sub-advisory fee paid by the Advisor to the Sub-Advisor was based on the Fund’s calendar quarter-end net assets, rather than month-end net assets, pursuant to a prior sub-investment advisory agreement that was in effect from the commencement of the operations of the Fund until January 31, 2024.
The Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, the Fund will indemnify the Sub-Advisor, its directors, officers, employees, agents, associates and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Fund, subject to certain limitations.
S-28
Although the Sub-Advisor intends to devote such time and effort to the business of the Fund as is reasonably necessary to perform its duties to the Fund, the services of the Sub-Advisor are not exclusive and the Sub-Advisor provides similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.
The Sub-Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date, and if not sooner terminated, will continue in effect for successive periods of 12 months thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Board or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Sub-Advisory Agreement may be terminated as a whole at any time by the Fund without the payment of any penalty, upon the vote of a majority of the Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or by the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor, on 60 days’ written notice by either party to the other. The Sub-Advisory Agreement will also terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).
A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the Sub-Advisory Agreement by the Board is available in the Fund’s Definitive Proxy Statement dated December 4, 2023.
Administration and Accounting Services Agreement
State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) provides certain administration and accounting services to the Fund pursuant to an Administration and Accounting Services Agreement. The table below shows the amounts paid to State Street for such services for the periods indicated:
Fiscal Year/Period Ended March 31, | Paid to State Street | |
2023 | $159,909 | |
2022 | $ 91,257 | |
2021 | $ 7,750 |
Information on Trustees and Officers
The Board consists of five individuals, four of whom are Independent Board Members. The registered investment companies advised by the Advisor or its affiliates (the “BlackRock-advised Funds”) are organized into the BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex, the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex, and the iShares Complex (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). The Fund is included in the BlackRock Fund Complex referred to as the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex. The Trustees also oversee as board members the operations of the other open-end and closed-end registered investment companies included in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex.
The Board has overall responsibility for the oversight of the Fund. The Chair of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer are different people. Not only is the Chair of the Board an Independent Trustee, but also the Chair of each Board committee (each, a “Committee”) is an Independent Trustee. The Board has four standing Committees: an Audit Committee, a Governance and Nominating Committee, a Compliance Committee and a Performance Oversight Committee. The role of the Chair of the Board is to preside over all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees between meetings. The Chair of each Committee performs a similar role with respect to the Committee. The Chair of the Board or Chair of a Committee may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board or the Committee from time to time. The Independent Trustees meet regularly outside the presence of the Fund’s management, in executive sessions or with other service providers to the Fund. The Board has regular meetings five times a year, including a meeting to consider the approval of the Fund’s investment management agreement, and, if necessary, may hold special meetings before its next regular meeting. Each Committee meets regularly to conduct the oversight functions delegated to that Committee by the Board and reports its findings to the Board. The Board and each standing Committee conduct annual assessments of their oversight function and structure. The Board
S-29
has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise independent judgment over management and to allocate areas of responsibility among Committees and the Board to enhance oversight.
The Board decided to separate the roles of Chief Executive Officer from the Chair because it believes that having an independent Chair:
• | increases the independent oversight of the Fund and enhances the Board’s objective evaluation of the Chief Executive Officer; |
• | allows the Chief Executive Officer to focus on the Fund’s operations instead of Board administration; |
• | provides greater opportunities for direct and independent communication between shareholders and the Board; and |
• | provides an independent spokesman for the Fund. |
The Board has engaged the Advisor to manage the Fund on a day-to-day basis. The Board is responsible for overseeing the Advisor, Sub-Advisor, other service providers, the operations of the Fund and associated risks in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act, state law, other applicable laws, the Fund’s charter, and the Fund’s investment objective and strategies. The Board reviews, on an ongoing basis, the Fund’s performance, operations, and investment strategies and techniques. The Board also conducts reviews of the Advisor and its role in running the operations of the Fund.
Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Fund is the responsibility of the Advisor, Sub-Advisor or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), subject to the supervision of the Advisor. The Fund is subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational and valuation risks, among others. While there are a number of risk management functions performed by the Advisor, Sub-Advisor or other service providers, as applicable, it is not possible to eliminate all of the risks applicable to the Fund. Risk oversight is part of the Board’s general oversight of the Fund and is addressed as part of various Board and Committee activities. The Board, directly or through Committees, also reviews reports from, among others, management, the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund, the Advisor, Sub-Advisor and internal auditors for the Advisor or its affiliates, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Fund and management’s or the service provider’s risk functions. The Committee system facilitates the timely and efficient consideration of matters by the Trustees and facilitates effective oversight of compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and of the Fund’s activities and associated risks. The Board has approved the appointment of a Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), who oversees the implementation and testing of the Fund’s compliance program and reports regularly to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Fund and its service providers. The Independent Trustees have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities.
Audit Committee. The Board has a standing Audit Committee composed of Catherine A. Lynch (Chair) and Arthur P. Steinmetz, both of whom are Independent Trustees. The principal responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to the accounting and financial reporting policies and practices of the Fund. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation: (i) approving, and recommending to the full Board for approval, the selection, retention, termination and compensation of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm (the “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm”) and evaluating the independence and objectivity of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm; (ii) approving all audit engagement terms and fees for the Fund; (iii) reviewing the conduct and results of each audit; (iv) reviewing any issues raised by the Fund’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm or management regarding the accounting or financial reporting policies and practices of the Fund, its internal controls, and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain service providers and management’s response to any such issues; (v) reviewing and discussing the Fund’s audited and unaudited financial statements and disclosure in the Fund’s shareholder reports relating to the Fund’s performance; (vi) assisting the Board’s responsibilities with respect to the internal controls of the Fund and its service providers with respect to accounting and financial matters; and (vii) resolving any disagreements between the
S-30
Fund’s management and the Fund’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm regarding financial reporting. A copy of the Audit Committee Charter for the Fund can be found in the “Corporate Governance” section of the BlackRock Closed-End Fund website at www.blackrock.com. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the Audit Committee met four times.
Governance and Nominating Committee. The Board has a standing Governance and Nominating Committee composed of W. Carl Kester (Chair), Cynthia L. Egan and Catherine A. Lynch, all of whom are Independent Trustees. The principal responsibilities of the Governance and Nominating Committee are: (i) identifying individuals qualified to serve as Independent Trustees and recommending Board nominees that are not “interested persons” of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act) for election by shareholders or appointment by the Board; (ii) advising the Board with respect to Board composition, procedures and Committees of the Board (other than the Audit Committee); (iii) overseeing periodic self-assessments of the Board and Committees of the Board (other than the Audit Committee); (iv) reviewing and making recommendations in respect to Independent Trustee compensation; (v) monitoring corporate governance matters and making recommendations in respect thereof to the Board; (vi) acting as the administrative committee with respect to Board policies and procedures, committee policies and procedures (other than the Audit Committee) and codes of ethics as they relate to the Independent Trustees; and (vii) reviewing and making recommendations to the Board in respect of Fund share ownership by the Independent Trustees. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the Governance and Nominating Committee met four times.
The Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board seeks to identify individuals to serve on the Board who have a diverse range of viewpoints, qualifications, experiences, backgrounds and skill sets so that the Board will be better suited to fulfill its responsibility of overseeing the Fund’s activities. In so doing, the Governance and Nominating Committee reviews the size of the Board, the ages of the current Trustees and their tenure on the Board, and the skills, background and experiences of the Trustees in light of the issues facing the Fund in determining whether one or more new trustees should be added to the Board. The Board as a group strives to achieve diversity in terms of gender, race and geographic location. The Governance and Nominating Committee believes that the Trustees as a group possess the array of skills, experiences and backgrounds necessary to guide the Fund. The Trustees’ biographies included herein highlight the diversity and breadth of skills, qualifications and expertise that the Trustees bring to the Fund.
The Governance and Nominating Committee may consider nominations for Trustees made by the Fund’s shareholders as it deems appropriate. Under the Fund’s Bylaws, shareholders must follow certain procedures to nominate a person for election as a Trustee at a special meeting, or to introduce an item of business at a special meeting. Under these advance notice procedures, shareholders must submit the proposed nominee or item of business by delivering a notice to the Secretary of the Fund at its principal executive offices.
The Fund’s Bylaws provide that notice of a proposed nomination must include certain information about the shareholder and the nominee, as well as a written consent of the proposed nominee to serve if elected. A notice of a proposed item of business must include a description of and the reasons for bringing the proposed business to the meeting, any material interest of the shareholder in the business, and certain other information about the shareholder.
Further, the Fund has adopted Trustee qualification requirements which can be found in the Fund’s Bylaws and are applicable to all Trustees that may be nominated, elected, appointed, qualified or seated to serve as Trustees. The qualification requirements include: (i) age limits; (ii) limits on service on other boards; (iii) restrictions on relationships with investment advisers other than BlackRock; and (iv) character and fitness requirements. In addition to not being an “interested person” of the Fund as defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act, each Independent Trustee may not be or have certain relationships with a shareholder owning five percent or more of the Fund’s voting securities or owning other percentage ownership interests in investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act. Reference is made to the Fund’s Bylaws for more details.
S-31
A copy of the Governance and Nominating Committee Charter for the Fund can be found in the “Corporate Governance” section of the BlackRock Closed-End Fund website at www.blackrock.com.
Compliance Committee. The Board has a Compliance Committee composed of Cynthia L. Egan (Chair) and W. Carl Kester, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The Compliance Committee’s purpose is to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility with respect to the oversight of regulatory and fiduciary compliance matters involving the Fund, the fund-related activities of BlackRock, and the Sub-Advisor and the Fund’s other third party service providers. The Compliance Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation: (i) overseeing the compliance policies and procedures of the Fund and its service providers and recommending changes or additions to such policies and procedures; (ii) reviewing information on and, where appropriate, recommending policies concerning the Fund’s compliance with applicable law; (iii) reviewing information on any significant correspondence with or other actions by regulators or governmental agencies with respect to the Fund and any employee complaints or published reports that raise concerns regarding compliance matters; and (iv) reviewing reports from, overseeing the annual performance review of, and making certain recommendations in respect of, the Fund’s CCO, including, without limitation, determining the amount and structure of the CCO’s compensation. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Board’s Compliance Committee. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the Compliance Committee met four times.
Performance Oversight Committee. The Board has a Performance Oversight Committee composed of Arthur P. Steinmetz (Chair), Cynthia L. Egan, W. Carl Kester and Catherine A. Lynch, all of whom are Independent Trustees. The Performance Oversight Committee’s purpose is to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility to oversee the Fund’s investment performance relative to the Fund’s investment objective, policies and practices. The Performance Oversight Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation: (i) reviewing the Fund’s investment objective, policies and practices; (ii) recommending to the Board any required action in respect of changes in fundamental and non-fundamental investment restrictions; (iii) reviewing information on appropriate benchmarks and competitive universes; (iv) reviewing the Fund’s investment performance relative to such benchmarks; (v) reviewing information on unusual or exceptional investment matters; (vi) reviewing whether the Fund has complied with its investment policies and restrictions; and (vii) overseeing policies, procedures and controls regarding valuation of the Fund’s investments. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Board’s Performance Oversight Committee. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the Performance Oversight Committee met four times.
The Independent Trustees have adopted a statement of policy that describes the experiences, qualifications, skills and attributes that are necessary and desirable for potential Independent Trustee candidates (the “Statement of Policy”). The Board believes that each Independent Trustee satisfied, at the time he or she was initially appointed a Trustee, and continues to satisfy, the standards contemplated by the Statement of Policy as well as the standards set forth in the Fund’s Bylaws. Furthermore, in determining that a particular Trustee was and continues to be qualified to serve as a Trustee, the Board has considered a variety of criteria, none of which, in isolation, was controlling. The Board believes that, collectively, the Trustees have balanced and diverse experiences, skills, attributes and qualifications, which allow the Board to operate effectively in governing the Fund and protecting the interests of shareholders. Among the attributes common to all Trustees is their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the Advisor, Sub-Advisor, other service providers, counsel and independent auditors, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. Each Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively is evidenced by his or her educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service or academic positions; experience from service as a board member of the Fund or the other funds in the BlackRock Fund Complexes (and any predecessor funds), other investment funds, public companies, or not-for-profit entities or other organizations; ongoing commitment and participation in Board and Committee meetings, as well as his or her leadership of standing and other committees throughout the years; or other relevant life experiences.
S-32
The table below discusses some of the experiences, qualifications and skills of each Trustee that support the conclusion that he or she should serve on the Board.
Trustees | Experience Qualifications and Skills | |
Independent Trustees | ||
Cynthia L. Egan | Cynthia L. Egan brings to the Board a broad and diverse knowledge of investment companies and the retirement industry as a result of her many years of experience as President, Retirement Plan Services, for T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. and her various senior operating officer positions at Fidelity Investments, including her service as Executive Vice President of FMR Co., President of Fidelity Institutional Services Company and President of the Fidelity Charitable Gift Fund. Ms. Egan has also served as an advisor to the U.S. Department of Treasury as an expert in domestic retirement security. Ms. Egan began her professional career at the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Ms. Egan is also a director of UNUM Corporation, a publicly traded insurance company providing personal risk reinsurance, and a director and Chair of the Board of The Hanover Group, a public property casualty insurance company. Ms. Egan is also the lead independent director and non-executive Vice Chair of the Board of Huntsman Corporation, a publicly traded manufacturer and marketer of chemical products. Ms. Egan’s independence from the Fund, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor enhances her service as Chair of the Compliance Committee and a member of the Governance and Nominating Committee and the Performance Oversight Committee. | |
W. Carl Kester | The Board benefits from W. Carl Kester’s experiences as a professor and author in finance, and his experience as the George Fisher Baker Jr. Professor of Business Administration at Harvard Business School and as Deputy Dean of Academic Affairs at Harvard Business School from 2006 through 2010 adds to the Board a wealth of expertise in corporate finance and corporate governance. Dr. Kester has authored and edited numerous books and research papers on both subject matters, including co-editing a leading volume of finance case studies used worldwide. Dr. Kester’s long-standing service on the boards of directors/trustees of the closed-end funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Fund, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Fund. Dr. Kester’s independence from the Fund, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor enhances his service as Chair of the Governance and Nominating Committee and a member of the Compliance Committee and the Performance Oversight Committee. | |
Catherine A. Lynch | Catherine A. Lynch, who served as the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the National Railroad Retirement Investment Trust, benefits the Board by providing business leadership and experience and a diverse knowledge of pensions and endowments. Ms. Lynch is also a trustee of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a specialty finance company that invests primarily in mortgage-related assets. Ms. Lynch also holds the designation of Chartered Financial Analyst. Ms. Lynch’s knowledge of financial and accounting matters qualifies her to serve as Chair of the Audit Committee. Ms. Lynch’s independence from the Fund, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor enhances her service as a member of the Governance and Nominating Committee and the Performance Oversight Committee. | |
Arthur P. Steinmetz | The Board benefits from Arthur P. Steinmetz’s many years of business and leadership experience as an executive, chairman and director of various companies in the financial industry. Mr. Steinmetz’s service as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of the OppenheimerFunds, Inc. and as Trustee, President and Principal Executive Officer of certain OppenheimerFunds funds provides insight into the asset management industry. He has also served as a Director of ScotiaBank (U.S.). Mr. Steinmetz’s knowledge of financial and accounting matters qualifies him to serve as a member of the Audit Committee. Mr. Steinmetz’s independence from the Fund, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor enhances his service as Chair of the Performance Oversight Committee. |
S-33
Trustees | Experience Qualifications and Skills | |
Interested Trustee | ||
John M. Perlowski | John M. Perlowski’s experience as Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2009, as the Head of BlackRock Global Accounting and Product Services since 2009, and as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Fund provides him with a strong understanding of the Fund, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Fund. Mr. Perlowski’s prior position as Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer of the Global Product Group at Goldman Sachs Asset Management, and his former service as Treasurer and Senior Vice President of the Goldman Sachs Mutual Funds and as Director of the Goldman Sachs Offshore Funds provides the Board with the benefit of his experience with the management practices of other financial companies. Mr. Perlowski also serves as a board member for the funds in the BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex. |
Biographical Information
Certain biographical and other information relating to the Trustees is set forth below, including their address and year of birth, principal occupations for at least the last five years, length of time served, total number of registered investment companies and investment portfolios overseen in the BlackRock-advised Funds and any currently held public company and other investment company directorships.
Name and | Position(s) | Principal Occupation(s) | Number of | Public | ||||
Independent Trustees | ||||||||
Cynthia L. Egan4
1955 | Trustee (Since December 2023) | Advisor, U.S. Department of the Treasury from 2014 to 2015; President, Retirement Plan Services, for T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. from 2007 to 2012; executive positions within Fidelity Investments from 1989 to 2007. | 71 RICs consisting of 104 Portfolios5 | Unum (insurance); The Hanover Insurance Group (Board Chair); Huntsman Corporation (Lead Independent Director and non-Executive Vice Chair of the Board) (chemical products) |
S-34
Name and | Position(s) | Principal Occupation(s) | Number of | Public | ||||
W. Carl Kester
1951 | Chair of the Board and Trustee (Since December 2020) | Baker Foundation Professor and George Fisher Baker Jr. Professor of Business Administration, Emeritus, Harvard Business School since 2022; George Fisher Baker Jr. Professor of Business Administration, Harvard Business School from 2008 to 2022; Deputy Dean for Academic Affairs from 2006 to 2010; Chairman of the Finance Unit, from 2005 to 2006; Senior Associate Dean and Chairman of the MBA Program from 1999 to 2005; Member of the faculty of Harvard Business School since 1981. | 72 RICs consisting of 106 Portfolios | None | ||||
Catherine A. Lynch
1961 | Trustee (Since December 2020) | Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer and various other positions, National Railroad Retirement Investment Trust from 2003 to 2016; Associate Vice President for Treasury Management, The George Washington University from 1999 to 2003; Assistant Treasurer, Episcopal Church of America from 1995 to 1999. | 72 RICs consisting of 106 Portfolios | PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust | ||||
Arthur P. Steinmetz4
1958 | Trustee (Since December 2023) | Consultant, Posit PBC (enterprise data science) since 2020; Director, ScotiaBank (U.S.) from 2020 to 2023; Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of OppenheimerFunds, Inc. from 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively to 2019); Trustee, President and Principal Executive Officer of 104 OppenheimerFunds funds from 2014 to 2019. Portfolio manager of various OppenheimerFunds fixed income mutual funds from 1986 to 2014. | 70 RICs consisting of 103 Portfolios5 | Trustee of 104 OppenheimerFunds funds from 2014 to 2019 |
S-35
Name and | Position(s) | Principal Occupation(s) | Number of | Public | ||||
Interested Trustee2,6 | ||||||||
John M. Perlowski
1964 | Trustee (Since December 2020) President and Chief Executive Officer (Since June 2020) | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2009; Head of BlackRock Global Accounting and Product Services since 2009; Advisory Director of Family Resource Network (charitable foundation) since 2009 | 100 RICs consisting of 275 Portfolios | None |
1 | The address of each Trustee is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 50 Hudson Yards, New York, New York 10001. |
2 | Each Independent Trustee holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal as provided by the Fund’s by-laws or charter or statute, or until December 31 of the year in which he or she turns 75. Trustees who are “interested persons,” as defined in the Investment Company Act, serve until their successor is duly elected and qualifies or until their earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal as provided by the Fund’s by-laws or statute, or until December 31 of the year in which they turn 72. The Board may determine to extend the terms of Independent Trustees on a case-by-case basis, as appropriate. |
3 | Following the combination of Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P. (“MLIM”) and BlackRock, Inc. in September 2006, the various legacy MLIM and legacy BlackRock fund boards were realigned and consolidated into three new fund boards in 2007. Certain Independent Trustees first became members of the boards of other legacy MLIM or legacy BlackRock funds as follows: W. Carl Kester, 1995. Certain other Independent Trustees became members of the boards of the closed-end funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex as follows: Catherine A. Lynch, 2016. |
4 | Appointed as a Trustee of the Fund effective December 31, 2023. |
5 | Information provided as of January 1, 2024. |
6 | Mr. Perlowski is an “interested person,” as defined in the Investment Company Act, of the Fund based on his positions with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates. Mr. Perlowski is also a board member of the BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex. |
Certain biographical and other information relating to the officers of the Fund who are not Trustees is set forth below, including their address and year of birth, principal occupations for at least the last five years and length of time served. With the exception of the CCO, executive officers receive no compensation from the Fund. The Fund compensates the CCO for his services as its CCO.
S-36
Each executive officer is an “interested person” of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act) by virtue of that individual’s position with BlackRock or its affiliates described in the table below.
Name and | Position(s) Held | Principal Occupation(s)During Past Five Years | ||
Officers Who Are Not Trustees | ||||
Jonathan Diorio
1980 | Vice President (Since December 2020) | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2015; Director of BlackRock, Inc. from 2011 to 2015. | ||
Trent Walker
1974 | Chief Financial Officer (Since January 2021) | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since September 2019; Executive Vice President of PIMCO from 2016 to 2019; Senior Vice President of PIMCO from 2008 to 2015; Treasurer from 2013 to 2019 and Assistant Treasurer from 2007 to 2017 of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds. | ||
Jay M. Fife
1970 | Treasurer (Since December 2020) | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2007. | ||
Charles Park
1967 | Chief Compliance Officer (Since December 2020) | Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC since 2014; Principal of and Chief Compliance Officer for iShares® Delaware Trust Sponsor LLC since 2012 and BlackRock Fund Advisors (“BFA”) since 2006; Chief Compliance Officer for BlackRock Asset Management International Inc. since 2012; Chief Compliance Officer of the BlackRock-advised Funds in the BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex and the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex from 2014 to 2023; Chief Compliance Officer for the BFA-advised iShares® exchange traded funds from 2006 to 2023.. | ||
Lisa Belle
1968 | Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer (Since December 2020) | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2019; Global Financial Crime Head for Asset and Wealth Management of JP Morgan from 2013 to 2019; Managing Director of RBS Securities from 2012 to 2013; Head of Financial Crimes for Barclays Wealth Americas from 2010 to 2012. | ||
Janey Ahn
1975 | Secretary (Since December 2020) | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2018; Director of BlackRock, Inc. from 2009 to 2017. |
1 | The address of each Officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 50 Hudson Yards, New York, New York 10001. |
2 | Officers of the Fund serve at the pleasure of the Board. |
Trustee Share Ownership
Information relating to each Trustee’s share ownership in the Fund and in all BlackRock-advised Funds that are currently overseen by the respective Trustee (“Supervised Funds”) as of December 31, 2022 is set forth in the chart below. Amounts shown may include shares as to which a Trustee has indirect beneficial ownership, such as
S-37
through participation in certain family accounts, 529 college savings plan interests, or similar arrangements where the Trustee has beneficial economic interest but not a direct ownership interest.
Name | Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Fund | Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Supervised Funds1 | ||
Independent Trustees: | ||||
Cynthia L. Egan2 | None | Over $100,000 | ||
W. Carl Kester | None | Over $100,000 | ||
Catherine A. Lynch | None | Over $100,000 | ||
Arthur P. Steinmetz2 | None | None | ||
Interested Trustee: | ||||
John M. Perlowski | None | Over $100,000 |
1 | Includes share equivalents owned under the deferred compensation plan in the Supervised Funds by certain Independent Trustees who have participated in the deferred compensation plan of the Supervised Funds. |
2 | Appointed as a Trustee of the Fund effective December 31, 2023. The share ownership provided is as of December 31, 2023. |
Compensation of Trustees
Each Trustee who is an Independent Trustee is paid an annual retainer of $60,000 per year for his or her services as a Trustee of the Fund. The Chair of the Board is paid an additional annual retainer of $10,000 per year. The Independent Trustees do not receive any other compensation from the Fund.
The Independent Trustees have agreed that a maximum of 50% of each Independent Trustee’s total compensation paid by funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex may be deferred pursuant to the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex’s deferred compensation plan. Under the deferred compensation plan, deferred amounts earn a return for the Independent Trustees as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of certain funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex selected by the Independent Trustees. This has approximately the same economic effect for the Independent Trustees as if they had invested the deferred amounts in such funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex. The deferred compensation plan is not funded and obligations thereunder represent general unsecured claims against the general assets of a fund and are recorded as a liability for accounting purposes.
The following table sets forth the compensation paid to the Trustees by the Fund for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, and the aggregate compensation, including deferred compensation amounts, paid to them by all BlackRock-advised Funds for the calendar year ended December 31, 2022.
Name1 | Compensation from the Fund | Estimated Annual Benefits upon Retirement | Aggregate Compensation from the Fund and Other BlackRock-Advised Funds2,3 | |||||||||
Independent Trustees: | ||||||||||||
Cynthia L. Egan4 | N/A | None | $465,000 | |||||||||
Frank J. Fabozzi5 | $60,000 | None | $497,500 | |||||||||
W. Carl Kester | $70,000 | None | $587,500 | |||||||||
Catherine A. Lynch | $60,000 | None | $520,453 | |||||||||
Arthur P. Steinmetz4 | N/A | None | $ 85,914 | |||||||||
Interested Trustee: | ||||||||||||
John M. Perlowski | None | None | None |
1 | For the number of BlackRock-advised Funds from which each Trustee receives compensation see the Biographical Information chart beginning on page S-34. |
S-38
2 | For the Independent Trustees, this amount represents the aggregate compensation earned from the funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex during the calendar year ended December 31, 2022. Of this amount, Dr. Fabozzi, Dr. Kester and Ms. Lynch deferred $74,625, $88,125 and $78,067, respectively, pursuant to the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex’s deferred compensation plan. |
3 | Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex to Dr. Fabozzi, Dr. Kester and Ms. Lynch is $1,172,873, $1,645,645 and $425,559, respectively, as of December 31, 2022. Ms. Egan and Mr. Steinmetz did not participate in the deferred compensation plan as of December 31, 2023. |
4 | Appointed as a Trustee of the Fund effective December 31, 2023. Compensation information provided is as of December 31, 2023. |
5 | Dr. Fabozzi retired as a Trustee of the Fund, a member of the Audit Committee and Chair of the Performance Oversight Committee effective as of the close of business on December 31, 2023. |
Independent Trustee Ownership of Securities
As of December 31, 2022, the Independent Trustees (and their respective immediate family members) did not beneficially own securities of the Advisors, or an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Advisors (not including registered investment companies).
As of July 6, 2023, the Trustees and officers of the Fund, as a group, directly or indirectly beneficially owned less than 1% of any class of the outstanding common shares of the Fund.
Indemnification of Trustees and Officers
The governing documents of the Fund generally provide that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Fund will indemnify its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their offices with the Fund unless, as to liability to the Fund or its investors, it is finally adjudicated that they engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in their offices. In addition, the Fund will not indemnify Trustees with respect to any matter as to which Trustees did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interest of the Fund or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which Trustees had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful. Indemnification provisions contained in the Fund’s governing documents are subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law.
Closed-end funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex, including the Fund, have also entered into a separate indemnification agreement with the board members of each board of such funds (the “Indemnification Agreement”). The Indemnification Agreement (i) extends the indemnification provisions contained in a fund’s governing documents to board members who leave that fund’s board and serve on an advisory board of a different closed-end fund in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex; (ii) sets in place the terms of the indemnification provisions of a fund’s governing documents once a board member retires from a board; and (iii) in the case of board members who left the board of a fund in connection with or prior to the board consolidation that occurred in 2007 as a result of the merger of BlackRock and Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.’s investment management business, clarifies that such fund continues to indemnify the director for claims arising out of his or her past service to that fund.
S-39
Portfolio Management
Portfolio Manager Assets Under Management
The following table sets forth information about funds and accounts other than the Fund for which the portfolio manager is primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2023:
Number of Other Accounts Managed and Assets by Account Type | Number of Other Accounts and Assets for Which Advisory Fee is Performance-Based | |||||||||||
Name of Portfolio | Other Registered Investment Companies | Other Pooled Investment Vehicles | Other Accounts | Other Registered Investment Companies | Other Pooled Investment Vehicles | Other Accounts | ||||||
Stephen Kelly | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||
$0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |||||||
Lynn Baranski | 0 | 121 | 10 | 0 | 40 | 2 | ||||||
$0 | $5.88 Billion | $77.00 Million | $0 | $2.23 Billion | $77.00 Million | |||||||
Joseph Auriemma | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||
$0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |||||||
James Keenan | 25 | 35 | 18 | 0 | 0 | 5 | ||||||
$33.40 Billion | $11.24 Billion | $7.20 Billion | $0 | $0 | $754.6 Million | |||||||
Jeffrey Cucunato | 16 | 4 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 1 | ||||||
$5.34 Billion | $528.8 Million | $585.2 Million | $0 | $0 | $1.71 Million |
Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview
The discussion below describes the portfolio managers’ compensation as of March 31, 2023.
BlackRock’s financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a performance-based discretionary bonus, participation in various benefits programs and one or more of the incentive compensation programs established by BlackRock.
Base Compensation. Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation based on their position with the firm.
Discretionary Incentive Compensation – Messrs. Kelly and Auriemma and Ms. Baranski
Discretionary incentive compensation is a function of several components: the performance of BlackRock, Inc., the performance of the portfolio manager’s group within BlackRock, the investment performance, including risk-adjusted returns, of the firm’s assets under management or supervision by that portfolio manager relative to predetermined benchmarks, and the individual’s performance and contribution to the overall performance of these portfolios and BlackRock. In most cases, these benchmarks are the same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the Funds or other accounts managed by the portfolio managers are measured. Among other things, BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officers make a subjective determination with respect to each portfolio manager’s compensation based on the performance of the Funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager relative to the various benchmarks. The performance of these portfolio managers is not measured against a specific benchmark.
S-40
Discretionary Incentive Compensation – Messrs. Cucunato and Keenan
Discretionary incentive compensation is a function of several components: the performance of BlackRock, Inc., the performance of the portfolio manager’s group within BlackRock, the investment performance, including risk-adjusted returns, of the firm’s assets under management or supervision by that portfolio manager relative to predetermined benchmarks, and the individual’s performance and contribution to the overall performance of these portfolios and BlackRock. In most cases, these benchmarks are the same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the Funds or other accounts managed by the portfolio managers are measured. Among other things, BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officers make a subjective determination with respect to each portfolio manager’s compensation based on the performance of the funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager relative to the various benchmarks. Performance of fixed-income funds is measured on a pre-tax and/or after-tax basis over various time periods including 1-, 3- and 5- year periods, as applicable. With respect to these portfolio managers, such benchmarks for the Fund and other accounts are:
Portfolio Manager | Benchmark | |
James Keenan | A combination of market-based indices (e.g., The Bloomberg U.S. Corporate High Yield 2% Issuer Cap Index), certain customized indices and certain fund industry peer groups. | |
Jeffrey Cucunato | Bloomberg US Credit Index |
Distribution of Discretionary Incentive Compensation. Discretionary incentive compensation is distributed to portfolio managers in a combination of cash, deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards, and/or deferred cash awards that notionally track the return of certain BlackRock investment products.
Portfolio managers receive their annual discretionary incentive compensation in the form of cash. Portfolio managers whose total compensation is above a specified threshold also receive deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards annually as part of their discretionary incentive compensation. Paying a portion of discretionary incentive compensation in the form of deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock puts compensation earned by a portfolio manager for a given year “at risk” based on BlackRock’s ability to sustain and improve its performance over future periods. In some cases, additional deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock may be granted to certain key employees as part of a long-term incentive award to aid in retention, align interests with long-term shareholders and motivate performance. Deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards are generally granted in the form of BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units that vest pursuant to the terms of the applicable plan and, once vested, settle in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. These portfolio managers have deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards.
For certain portfolio managers, a portion of the discretionary incentive compensation is also distributed in the form of deferred cash awards that notionally track the returns of select BlackRock investment products they manage, which provides direct alignment of portfolio manager discretionary incentive compensation with investment product results. Deferred cash awards vest ratably over a number of years and, once vested, settle in the form of cash. Only portfolio managers who manage specified products and whose total compensation is above a specified threshold are eligible to participate in the deferred cash award program.
Other Compensation Benefits. In addition to base salary and discretionary incentive compensation, portfolio managers may be eligible to receive or participate in one or more of the following:
Incentive Savings Plans — BlackRock, Inc. has created a variety of incentive savings plans in which BlackRock, Inc. employees are eligible to participate, including a 401(k) plan, the BlackRock Retirement Savings Plan (RSP), and the BlackRock Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). The employer contribution components of the RSP include a company match equal to 50% of the first 8% of eligible pay contributed to the plan capped at $5,000 per year, and a company retirement contribution equal to 3-5% of eligible compensation up to the Internal Revenue Service limit ($330,000 for 2023). The RSP offers a range of investment options, including registered investment companies and collective investment funds managed by the firm. BlackRock, Inc. contributions follow the investment direction set by participants for their own contributions or, absent
S-41
participant investment direction, are invested into a target date fund that corresponds to, or is closest to, the year in which the participant attains age 65. The ESPP allows for investment in BlackRock, Inc. common stock at a 5% discount on the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date. Annual participation in the ESPP is limited to the purchase of 1,000 shares of common stock or a dollar value of $25,000 based on its fair market value on the purchase date. All of the eligible portfolio managers are eligible to participate in these plans.
Securities Ownership of Portfolio Managers
As of March 31, 2023, the end of the Fund’s most recently completed fiscal year, the dollar range of securities beneficially owned by each portfolio manager of the Fund is shown below:
Portfolio Manager | Dollar Range of Equity Securities Beneficially Owned | |||
Stephen Kelly | None | |||
Lynn Baranski | None | |||
Joseph Auriemma | None | |||
James Keenan | None | |||
Jeffrey Cucunato | None |
Portfolio Manager Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
BlackRock has built a professional working environment, firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless, BlackRock furnishes investment management and advisory services to numerous clients in addition to the Fund, and BlackRock may, consistent with applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts (including accounts which are hedge funds or have performance or higher fees paid to BlackRock, or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the receipt of such fees), which may be the same as or different from those made to the Fund. In addition, BlackRock, Inc., its affiliates and significant shareholders and any officer, director, shareholder or employee may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale BlackRock recommends to the Fund. BlackRock, Inc., or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders, or any officer, director, shareholder, employee or any member of their families may take different actions than those recommended to the Fund by BlackRock with respect to the same securities. Moreover, BlackRock may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of BlackRock, Inc.’s (or its affiliates’ or significant shareholders’) officers, directors or employees are directors or officers, or companies as to which BlackRock, Inc. or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders or the officers, directors and employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information. Certain portfolio managers also may manage accounts whose investment strategies may at times be opposed to the strategy utilized for a fund. It should also be noted that Messrs. Cucunato and Keenan and Ms. Baranski may be managing hedge fund and/or long only accounts, or may be part of a team managing hedge fund and/or long only accounts, subject to incentive fees. Messrs. Cucunato and Keenan and Ms. Baranski may therefore be entitled to receive a portion of any incentive fees earned on such accounts.
As a fiduciary, BlackRock owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must treat each client fairly. When BlackRock purchases or sells securities for more than one account, the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties. BlackRock attempts to allocate investments in a fair and equitable manner among client accounts, with no account receiving preferential treatment. To this end, BlackRock, Inc. has adopted policies that are intended to ensure reasonable efficiency in client transactions and provide BlackRock with sufficient flexibility to allocate investments in a manner that is consistent with the particular investment discipline and client base, as appropriate.
S-42
Proxy Voting Policies
The Board has delegated the voting of proxies for the Fund’s securities to the Advisor pursuant to the Advisor’s proxy voting guidelines. Under these guidelines, the Advisor will vote proxies related to Fund securities in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. From time to time, a vote may present a conflict between the interests of the Fund’s shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Advisor, or any affiliated person of the Fund or the Advisor, on the other. In such event, provided that the Advisor’s Equity Investment Policy Oversight Committee, or a sub-committee thereof (the “Oversight Committee”) is aware of the real or potential conflict, if the matter to be voted on represents a material, non-routine matter and if the Oversight Committee does not reasonably believe it is able to follow its general voting guidelines (or if the particular proxy matter is not addressed in the guidelines) and vote impartially, the Oversight Committee may retain an independent fiduciary to advise the Oversight Committee on how to vote or to cast votes on behalf of the Advisor’s clients. If the Advisor determines not to retain an independent fiduciary, or does not desire to follow the advice of such independent fiduciary, the Oversight Committee shall determine how to vote the proxy after consulting with the Advisor’s Portfolio Management Group and/or the Advisor’s Legal & Compliance Department and concluding that the vote cast is in its client’s best interest notwithstanding the conflict. A copy of the Closed-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy and BlackRock’s Global Principles are included as Appendix B to this SAI. Information on how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available without charge, (i) at www.blackrock.com and (ii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
Codes of Ethics
The Fund and the Advisor have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act. These codes permit personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund. These codes may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. These codes of ethics are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov), and copies of these codes may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.
Other Information
BlackRock, Inc. is independent in ownership and governance, with no single majority stockholder and a majority of independent directors.
DISTRIBUTION OF FUND SHARES
BlackRock Investments, LLC, located at 50 Hudson Yards, New York, NY 10001, acts as the distributor of the Fund’s Shares, pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, on a reasonable best efforts basis, subject to various conditions.
The Distribution Agreement will continue in effect with respect to the Fund for successive one-year periods, provided that each such continuance is specifically approved: (i) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Distribution Agreement or the Investment Management Agreement; and (ii) by the vote of a majority of the entire Board cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose.
Under the terms of the Multi-Class Exemptive Relief, the Fund is subject to Rule 18f-3 under the Investment Company Act. The Fund has adopted a Multi-Class Plan pursuant to Rule 18f-3 under the Investment Company Act. Under the Multi-Class Plan, Shares of each class of the Fund represent an equal pro rata interest in the Fund and, generally, have identical voting, dividend, liquidation, and other rights, preferences, powers,
S-43
restrictions, limitations, qualifications and terms and conditions, except that: (a) each class has a different designation; (b) each class of shares bears any class-specific expenses; and (c) each class shall have separate voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of one class differ from the interests of any other class, and shall have exclusive voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to that class.
Distribution and Servicing Plan
Under the terms of the Multi-Class Exemptive Relief, the Fund is subject to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act. The Fund has adopted the Distribution and Servicing Plan and intends to pay the Servicing Fee under such plan. The Distribution and Servicing Plan operates in a manner consistent with Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act, which regulates the manner in which an open-end investment company may directly or indirectly bear the expenses of distributing its shares. The Distribution and Servicing Plan permits the Fund to compensate the Distributor for providing or procuring through financial firms, distribution, administrative, recordkeeping, shareholder and/or related services with respect to the Class D Shares. Most or all of the distribution and/or service fees are paid to financial firms through which shareholders may purchase or hold Class D Shares. Because these fees are paid out of the Fund’s assets attributable to Class D Shares on an ongoing basis, over time they will increase the cost of an investment in Class D Shares, including causing the Class D Shares to have a higher expense ratio, pay lower dividends and have a lower total return than Institutional Shares.
The maximum annual rates at which the Servicing Fees may be paid under the Distribution and Servicing Plan (calculated as a percentage of the Fund’s monthly net assets attributable to the Class D Shares) is 0.25%.
The fee payable pursuant to the Distribution and Servicing Plan may be used by the Distributor to provide or procure distribution services and shareholder services in respect of Class D Shares (either directly or by procuring through other entities, including various financial services firms such as broker-dealers and registered investment advisors (“Service Organizations”)). Distribution services include some or all of the following services and facilities in connection with direct purchases by shareholders or in connection with products, programs or accounts offered by such Service Organizations: (i) facilities for placing orders directly for the purchase of a Fund’s shares; (ii) advertising with respect to Class D Shares; (iii) providing information about the Fund; (iv) providing facilities to answer questions from prospective investors about the Fund; (v) receiving and answering correspondence, including requests for prospectuses and statements of additional information; (vi) preparing, printing and delivering prospectuses and shareholder reports to prospective shareholders; (vii) assisting investors in applying to purchase Class D Shares and selecting dividend and other account options.
Shareholder services may include, but are not limited to, the following functions: (i) answering shareholder inquiries regarding account status and history, the manner in which purchases, exchanges and repurchases of Shares may be effected and certain other matters pertaining to the shareholders’ investments; (ii) receiving, aggregating and processing shareholder orders; (iii) furnishing shareholder sub-accounting; (iv) providing and maintaining elective shareholder services such as wire transfer services; (v) communicating periodically with shareholders; (vi) acting as the sole shareholder of record and nominee for shareholders; (vii) maintaining accounting records for shareholders; (viii) answering questions and handling correspondence from shareholders about their accounts; (ix) issuing confirmations for transactions by shareholders; (x) performing similar account administrative services; (xi) providing such shareholder communications and recordkeeping services as may be required for any program for which a Service Organization is a sponsor that relies on Rule 3a-4 under the Investment Company Act (i.e., a “wrap fee” program); and (xii) providing such other similar services as may reasonably be requested to the extent a Service Organization is permitted to do so under applicable statutes, rules, or regulations. The distribution and/or servicing fee may be spent by the Distributor for the services rendered to Class D Shares shareholders as set forth above, but will generally not be spent by the Distributor on recordkeeping charges, accounting expenses, transfer costs or custodian fees.
S-44
In accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act, the Distribution and Servicing Plan may not be amended to increase materially the costs which Class D Shares shareholders may bear under the Distribution and Servicing Plan without approval of a majority of the outstanding Class D Shares and by vote of a majority of both: (i) the Trustees of the Fund; and (ii) those Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution and Servicing Plan or any agreements related to it (the “Class D Shares Plan Trustees”), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Distribution and Servicing Plan and any related amendments. The Distribution and Servicing Plan may not take effect until approved by a vote of a majority of both: (i) the Trustees of the Fund; and (ii) the Class D Shares Plan Trustees. The Distribution and Servicing Plan shall continue in effect so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Trustees and the Class D Shares Plan Trustees. The Distribution and Servicing Plan may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the Class D Shares Plan Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding Class D Shares. Pursuant to the Distribution and Servicing Plan, the Board will be provided with quarterly reports of amounts expended under the Distribution and Servicing Plan and the purpose for which such expenditures were made.
FINRA rules limit the amount of distribution fees that may be paid by registered investment companies out of their assets as a percentage of total new gross sales. “Service fees,” defined to mean fees paid for providing shareholder services or the maintenance of accounts (but not transfer agency or sub-account services), are not subject to these limits on distribution fees. Some portion of the fees paid pursuant to the Distribution and Servicing Plan may qualify as “service fees” (or fees for ministerial, recordkeeping or administrative activities) and therefore will not be limited by FINRA rules which limit distribution fees as a percentage of total new gross sales. However, FINRA rules limit service fees to 0.25% of a fund’s average annual net assets.
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, no distribution and/or service fees were paid by Class D Shares to the Distributor pursuant to the Distribution and Servicing Plan.
Additional Payments to Financial Intermediaries
The Distributor or its affiliates may from time to time make payments, reimburse and provide other incentives to Selling Agents and other financial intermediaries as compensation for services such as providing the Fund with “shelf space” or a higher profile for the Selling Agents’ or other financial intermediaries’ financial advisors and their customers, placing the Fund on the Selling Agents’ or other financial intermediaries’ preferred or recommended fund list or otherwise identifying the Fund as being part of a complex to be accorded a higher degree of marketing support than complexes not making such payments, granting the Distributor access to the Selling Agents’ or other financial intermediaries’ financial advisors (including through the firms’ intranet websites) in order to promote the Fund, promotions in communications with Selling Agents’ or other financial intermediaries’ customers such as in the firms’ internet websites or in customer newsletters, providing assistance in training and educating the Selling Agents’ or other financial intermediaries’ personnel, and furnishing marketing support and other specified services. The Distributor or its affiliates may make “due diligence” payments to certain service organizations for such service organizations’ examination of the Fund on behalf of one or more Selling Agents or other financial intermediaries. The actual services provided, and any payments made for such services, may vary from firm to firm. These payments may be significant to the Selling Agents, other financial intermediaries or service organizations.
A number of factors will be considered in determining the amount of these additional payments to Selling Agents, other financial intermediaries or service organizations. On some occasions, such payments may be conditioned upon levels of sales, including the sale of a specified minimum dollar amount of the shares of the Fund and/or other funds sponsored by the Distributor together or a particular class of shares, during a specified period of time. The Distributor or its affiliates also may make payments to one or more Selling Agents or other financial intermediaries based upon factors such as the amount of assets a Selling Agent’s or financial intermediary’s clients have invested in the Fund and the quality of the Selling Agent’s or financial intermediary’s relationship with the Distributor, the Advisor and/or their affiliates.
S-45
To the extent the additional payments described above are made, such additional payments would be made from the assets of the Distributor or an affiliate of the Distributor (and sometimes, therefore referred to as “revenue sharing”) pursuant to agreements with Selling Agents or other financial intermediaries and would not change the price paid by investors for the purchase of Shares or the amount the Fund will receive as proceeds from such sales. These payments may be made to Selling Agents or other financial intermediaries (each, as selected by the Distributor) that have sold significant amounts of Shares.
In addition to revenue sharing payments, the Distributor or its affiliates may also make payments to Selling Agents or other financial intermediaries in connection with certain transaction fees (also referred to as “ticket charges”) incurred by the Selling Agents or other financial intermediaries.
The additional payments described above may be made to a Selling Agent, other financial intermediary or service organization as a fixed dollar amount or may be calculated on another basis.
In addition to the payments described above, the Distributor, the Advisor and/or their respective employees and representatives may make payments in connection with or reimburse Selling Agents’ sponsorship and/or attendance at conferences, seminars or informational meetings (“event support”), provide Selling Agents or their personnel with occasional tickets to events or other entertainment, meals and small gifts (“other non-cash compensation”) to the extent permitted by applicable law, rules and regulations.
In addition, wholesale representatives of the Distributor and employees of the Advisor or their affiliates visit Selling Agents or other financial intermediaries on a regular basis to educate financial advisors and other personnel about the Fund and to encourage the sale or recommendation of Shares to their clients. The Distributor and/or the Advisor may also provide (or compensate consultants or other third parties to provide) other relevant training and education to a Selling Agent’s or other financial intermediary’s financial advisors and other personnel. Although the Fund may use Selling Agents or other financial intermediaries that sell Shares to effect transactions for the Fund’s portfolio, neither the Fund nor the Advisor will consider the sale of Fund shares as a factor when choosing Selling Agents or other financial intermediaries to effect those transactions.
The Distributor or its affiliates also may make payments or reimbursements to Selling Agents, other financial intermediaries, or their respective affiliated companies which may be used for the development, maintenance and availability of certain services including, but not limited to, platform education and communications, relationship management support, development to support new or changing products, trading platforms and related infrastructure/technology and/or legal risk management and regulatory compliance infrastructure in support of investment-related products, programs and services (collectively, “platform support”) or for various studies, surveys, industry data, research and access to information about, and contact information for, particular financial advisors who have sold, or may in the future sell, Shares of the Fund (i.e., “leads”). In addition, the Distributor or its affiliates may pay investment consultants or their affiliated companies for certain services including technology, operations, tax, or audit consulting services and may pay such firms for the Distributor’s attendance at investment forums sponsored by such firms (collectively, “consultant services”).
Payments for items including event support, platform support, leads and consultant services (but not including certain account services, discussed below), as well as revenue sharing, may be bundled and allocated among these categories in the Distributor’s or its affiliates’ discretion. The Selling Agents or other financial intermediaries receiving such bundled payments may characterize or allocate the payments differently from the Distributor’s or its affiliates’ internal allocation.
In addition to the payments, reimbursements and incentives described above, further amounts may be paid to Selling Agents or other financial intermediaries for providing services with respect to shareholders holding Shares in nominee or street name, including, but not limited to, the following services: providing explanations and answering inquiries regarding the Fund and their accounts; providing recordkeeping and other administrative services, including preparing record date shareholder lists for proxy solicitation; maintaining records of and facilitating shareholder purchases and redemptions; processing and mailing transaction confirmations, periodic
S-46
statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports, shareholder notices and other SEC-required communications to shareholders; providing periodic statements to certain benefit plans and participants in such plans of the Fund held for the benefit of each participant in the plan; processing, collecting and posting distributions to their accounts; issuing and mailing dividend checks to shareholders who have selected cash distributions; assisting in the establishment and maintenance of shareholder accounts; providing account designations and other information; capturing and processing tax data; establishing and maintaining automatic withdrawals and automated investment plans and shareholder account registrations; providing sub-accounting services; providing recordkeeping services related to purchase and redemption transactions, including providing such information as may be necessary to assure compliance with applicable blue sky requirements; and performing similar administrative services as requested by the Advisor to the extent that the firm is permitted by applicable statute, rule or regulation to provide such information or services. The actual services provided, and the payments made for such services, vary from firm to firm.
These payments, taken together in the aggregate, may be material to Selling Agents or other financial intermediaries relative to other compensation paid by the Fund and/or the Advisor and may be in addition to any (i) marketing support, revenue sharing or “shelf space” fees; and (ii) event support and other non-cash compensation. The additional servicing payments and set-up fees described above may vary from amounts paid to the Fund’s transfer agent for providing similar services to other accounts.
If investment advisers, distributors or affiliated persons of registered investment companies make payments and provide other incentives in differing amounts, Selling Agents, other financial intermediaries, and their respective financial advisors may have financial incentives for recommending a particular fund over other funds. In addition, depending on the arrangements in place at any particular time, a Selling Agent, other financial intermediary, and its respective financial advisors also may have a financial incentive for recommending a particular share class, to the extent applicable, over other share classes. Because Selling Agents, other financial intermediaries and plan recordkeepers may be paid varying amounts per class for sub-accounting and related recordkeeping services, the service requirements of which also may vary by class, this may create an additional incentive for Selling Agents, other financial intermediaries and their respective financial advisors to favor one fund complex over another or one fund share class over another, to the extent applicable. You should review carefully any disclosure by the Selling Agents, other financial intermediaries, or plan recordkeepers as to their compensation.
In certain circumstances, the Distributor or its affiliates may pay or reimburse Selling Agents or other financial intermediaries for distribution and/or shareholder services out of the Distributor’s or its affiliates’ own assets. Such activities by the Distributor or its affiliates may provide incentives to Selling Agents or other financial intermediaries to purchase or market Shares of the Fund. Additionally, these activities may give the Distributor or its affiliates additional access to sales representatives of such Selling Agents or other financial intermediaries, which may increase sales of Fund Shares. The payments described in this paragraph may be significant to payors and payees.
As of August 25, 2023, the Selling Agents, other financial intermediaries and/or service organizations listed below, and, in some cases, certain of such firms’ affiliates, may be receiving one or more of the types of additional payments discussed above. This list may change over time, and BlackRock may pay Selling Agents, other financial intermediaries or service organizations, or their affiliates, other types of additional payments in the future. Please contact your Selling Agent or other financial intermediary to determine whether it or its affiliate currently may be receiving such additional payments and to obtain further information regarding any such payments.
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC
iCapital Securities, LLC
LPL Financial LLC
Sanctuary Wealth Group, LLC
Snyder Kearney, LLC
S-47
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
Because the Advisor expects that most of the Fund’s purchases of securities will be made directly from the issuer in privately negotiated transactions (i.e., from Portfolio Companies or in co-investment vehicles established to purchase Portfolio Company securities), the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor expect to engage in transactions using a broker on a more limited basis in the normal course of business. Subject to policies established by the Board, the Advisor is primarily responsible for the execution of the publicly traded securities portion of the Fund’s portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage. The Advisor does not execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but seeks to obtain the best net results for the Fund, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While the Advisor generally seeks reasonable trade execution costs, the Fund does not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available, and payment of the lowest commission or spread is not necessarily consistent with obtaining the best price and execution in particular transactions. Subject to applicable legal requirements, the Advisor may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to the Advisor and its clients, including the Fund. In return for such services, the Advisor may cause the Fund to pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if the Advisor determines in good faith that the commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.
In selecting brokers or dealers to execute portfolio transactions, the Advisor seeks to obtain the best price and most favorable execution for the Fund, taking into account a variety of factors including: (i) the size, nature and character of the security or instrument being traded and the markets in which it is purchased or sold; (ii) the desired timing of the transaction; (iii) the Advisor’s knowledge of the expected commission rates and spreads currently available; (iv) the activity existing and expected in the market for the particular security or instrument, including any anticipated execution difficulties; (v) the full range of brokerage services provided; (vi) the broker’s or dealer’s capital; (vii) the quality of research and research services provided; (viii) the reasonableness of the commission, dealer spread or its equivalent for the specific transaction; and (ix) the Advisor’s knowledge of any actual or apparent operational problems of a broker or dealer.
Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act (“Section 28(e)”) permits an investment adviser, under certain circumstances, to cause an account to pay a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction that exceeds the amount another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the same transaction in recognition of the value of brokerage and research services provided by that broker or dealer. This includes commissions paid on riskless principal transactions under certain conditions. Brokerage and research services include: (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, including pricing and appraisal advice, credit analysis, risk measurement analysis, performance and other analysis, as well as the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental to securities transactions (such as clearance, settlement, and custody). The Advisor believes that access to independent investment research is beneficial to its investment decision-making processes and, therefore, to the Fund.
The Advisor may participate in client commission arrangements under which the Advisor may execute transactions through a broker-dealer and request that the broker-dealer allocate a portion of the commissions or commission credits to another firm that provides research to the Advisor. The Advisor believes that research services obtained through soft dollar or commission sharing arrangements enhance its investment decision-making capabilities, thereby increasing the prospects for higher investment returns. The Advisor will engage only in soft dollar or commission sharing transactions that comply with the requirements of Section 28(e). The Advisor regularly evaluates the soft dollar products and services utilized, as well as the overall soft dollar and commission sharing arrangements to ensure that trades are executed by firms that are regarded as best able to execute trades for client accounts, while at the same time providing access to the research and other services the Advisor views as impactful to its trading results.
S-48
The Advisor may utilize soft dollars and related services, including research (whether prepared by the broker-dealer or prepared by a third-party and provided to the Advisor by the broker-dealer) and execution or brokerage services within applicable rules and the Advisor’s policies to the extent that such permitted services do not compromise the Advisor’s ability to seek to obtain best execution. In this regard, the portfolio management investment and/or trading teams may consider a variety of factors, including the degree to which the broker-dealer: (a) provides access to company management; (b) provides access to their analysts; (c) provides meaningful/insightful research notes on companies or other potential investments; (d) facilitates calls on which meaningful or insightful ideas about companies or potential investments are discussed; (e) facilitates conferences at which meaningful or insightful ideas about companies or potential investments are discussed; or (f) provides research tools such as market data, financial analysis, and other third party related research and brokerage tools that aid in the investment process.
Research-oriented services for which the Advisor might pay with Fund commissions may be in written form or through direct contact with individuals and may include information as to particular companies or industries and securities or groups of securities, as well as market, economic, or institutional advice and statistical information, political developments and technical market information that assists in the valuation of investments. Except as noted immediately below, research services furnished by brokers may be used in servicing some or all client accounts and not all services may be used in connection with the Fund or account that paid commissions to the broker providing such services. In some cases, research information received from brokers by investment company management personnel, or personnel principally responsible for the Advisor’s individually managed portfolios, is not necessarily shared by and between such personnel. Any investment advisory or other fees paid by the Fund to the Advisor are not reduced as a result of the Advisor’s receipt of research services. In some cases, the Advisor may receive a service from a broker that has both a “research” and a “non-research” use. When this occurs the Advisor makes a good faith allocation, under all the circumstances, between the research and non-research uses of the service. The percentage of the service that is used for research purposes may be paid for with client commissions, while the Advisor will use its own funds to pay for the percentage of the service that is used for non-research purposes. In making this good faith allocation, the Advisor faces a potential conflict of interest, but the Advisor believes that its allocation procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that it appropriately allocates the anticipated use of such services to their research and non-research uses.
Payments of commissions to brokers who are affiliated persons of the Fund will be made in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the Investment Company Act.
From time to time, the Fund may purchase new issues of securities in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the broker may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling securities, provide the Advisor with research services. The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. has adopted rules expressly permitting these types of arrangements under certain circumstances. Generally, the broker will provide research “credits” in these situations at a rate that is higher than that available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e).
The Advisor does not consider sales of shares of the investment companies it advises as a factor in the selection of brokers or dealers to execute portfolio transactions for the Fund; however, whether or not a particular broker or dealer sells shares of the investment companies advised by the Advisor neither qualifies nor disqualifies such broker or dealer to execute transactions for those investment companies.
The Fund anticipates that its brokerage transactions involving foreign securities generally will be conducted primarily on the principal stock exchanges of the applicable country. Foreign equity securities may be held by the Fund in the form of depositary receipts, or other securities convertible into foreign equity securities. Depositary receipts may be listed on stock exchanges, or traded in OTC markets in the United States or Europe, as the case may be. American Depositary Receipts, like other securities traded in the United States, will be subject to negotiated commission rates.
S-49
The Fund may invest in certain securities traded in the OTC market and intends to deal directly with the dealers who make a market in the particular securities, except in those circumstances in which better prices and execution are available elsewhere. Under the Investment Company Act, persons affiliated with the Fund and persons who are affiliated with such affiliated persons are prohibited from dealing with the Fund as principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless a permissive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the SEC. Since transactions in the OTC market usually involve transactions with the dealers acting as principal for their own accounts, the Fund will not deal with affiliated persons in connection with such transactions. However, an affiliated person of the Fund may serve as its broker in OTC transactions conducted on an agency basis provided that, among other things, the fee or commission received by such affiliated broker is reasonable and fair compared to the fee or commission received by non-affiliated brokers in connection with comparable transactions.
OTC issues, including most fixed-income securities such as corporate debt and U.S. Government securities, are normally traded on a “net” basis without a stated commission, through dealers acting for their own account and not as brokers. The Fund will primarily engage in transactions with these dealers or deal directly with the issuer unless a better price or execution could be obtained by using a broker. Prices paid to a dealer with respect to both foreign and domestic securities will generally include a “spread,” which is the difference between the prices at which the dealer is willing to purchase and sell the specific security at the time, and includes the dealer’s normal profit.
Purchases of money market instruments by the Fund are made from dealers, underwriters and issuers. The Fund does not currently expect to incur any brokerage commission expense on such transactions because money market instruments are generally traded on a “net” basis with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission. The price of the security, however, usually includes a profit to the dealer.
Securities purchased in underwritten offerings include a fixed amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount. When securities are purchased or sold directly from or to an issuer, no commissions or discounts are paid.
The Advisor may seek to obtain an undertaking from issuers of commercial paper or dealers selling commercial paper to consider the repurchase of such securities from the Fund prior to maturity at their original cost plus interest (sometimes adjusted to reflect the actual maturity of the securities), if it believes that the Fund’s anticipated need for liquidity makes such action desirable. Any such repurchase prior to maturity reduces the possibility that the Fund would incur a capital loss in liquidating commercial paper, especially if interest rates have risen since acquisition of such commercial paper.
Investment decisions for the Fund and for other investment accounts managed by the Advisor are made independently of each other in light of differing conditions. The Advisor allocates investments among client accounts in a fair and equitable manner. A variety of factors will be considered in making such allocations. These factors include: (i) investment objectives or strategies for particular accounts, including sector, industry, country or region and capitalization weightings, (ii) tax considerations of an account, (iii) risk or investment concentration parameters for an account, (iv) supply or demand for a security at a given price level, (v) size of available investment, (vi) cash availability and liquidity requirements for accounts, (vii) regulatory restrictions, (viii) minimum investment size of an account, (ix) relative size of account, and (x) such other factors as may be approved by the Advisor’s general counsel. Moreover, investments may not be allocated to one client account over another based on any of the following considerations: (i) to favor one client account at the expense of another, (ii) to generate higher fees paid by one client account over another or to produce greater performance compensation to the Advisor, (iii) to develop or enhance a relationship with a client or prospective client, (iv) to compensate a client for past services or benefits rendered to the Advisor or to induce future services or benefits to be rendered to the Advisor, or (v) to manage or equalize investment performance among different client accounts. The Advisor also may be subject to allocation mandates based on the Co-Investment Order.
S-50
Equity securities will generally be allocated among client accounts within the same investment mandate on a pro rata basis. This pro-rata allocation may result in the Fund receiving less of a particular security than if pro-ration had not occurred. All allocations of equity securities will be subject, where relevant, to share minimums established for accounts and compliance constraints. Allocations of certain interests in privately placed equity securities will be subject to the parameters of the Co-Investment Order. In addition, allocations to the Fund, particularly with respect to privately placed fixed-income securities, may be limited by criteria established by the Board under the Co-Investment Order.
Initial public offerings of securities may be over-subscribed and subsequently trade at a premium in the secondary market. When the Advisor is given an opportunity to invest in such an initial offering or “new” or “hot” issue, the supply of securities available for client accounts is often less than the amount of securities the accounts would otherwise take. In order to allocate these investments fairly and equitably among client accounts over time, each portfolio manager or a member of his or her respective investment team will indicate to the Advisor’s trading desk their level of interest in a particular offering with respect to eligible clients’ accounts for which that team is responsible. Initial public offerings of U.S. equity securities will be identified as eligible for particular client accounts that are managed by portfolio teams who have indicated interest in the offering based on market capitalization of the issuer of the security and the investment mandate of the client account and in the case of international equity securities, the country where the offering is taking place and the investment mandate of the client account. Generally, shares received during the initial public offering will be allocated among participating client accounts within each investment mandate on a pro rata basis. In situations where supply is too limited to be allocated among all accounts for which the investment is eligible, portfolio managers may rotate such investment opportunities among one or more accounts so long as the rotation system provides for fair access for all client accounts over time. Other allocation methodologies that are considered by the Advisor to be fair and equitable to clients may be used as well.
Because different accounts may have differing investment objectives and policies, the Advisor may buy and sell the same securities at the same time for different clients based on the particular investment objective, guidelines and strategies of those accounts. For example, the Advisor may decide that it may be entirely appropriate for a growth fund to sell a security at the same time a value fund is buying that security. To the extent that transactions on behalf of more than one client of the Advisor or its affiliates during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be an adverse effect on price. For example, sales of a security by the Advisor on behalf of one or more of its clients may decrease the market price of such security, adversely impacting other of the Advisor’s clients that still hold the security. If purchases or sales of securities arise for consideration at or about the same time that would involve the Fund or other clients or funds for which the Advisor or an affiliate act as investment manager, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds and clients in a manner deemed equitable to all.
In certain instances, the Advisor may find it efficient for purposes of seeking to obtain best execution, to aggregate or “bunch” certain contemporaneous purchases or sale orders of its advisory accounts. In general, all contemporaneous trades for client accounts under management by the same portfolio manager or investment team will be bunched in a single order if the trader believes the bunched trade would provide each client with an opportunity to achieve a more favorable execution at a potentially lower execution cost. The costs associated with a bunched order will be shared pro rata among the clients in the bunched order. Generally, if an order for a particular portfolio manager or management team is filled at several different prices through multiple trades, all accounts participating in the order will receive the average price except in the case of certain international markets where average pricing is not permitted. While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect upon the price or value of the security as far as the Fund is concerned, in other cases it could be beneficial to the Fund. Transactions effected by the Advisor on behalf of more than one of its clients during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, causing an adverse effect on price. The trader will give the bunched order to the broker dealer that the trader has identified as being
S-51
able to provide the best execution of the order. Orders for purchase or sale of securities will be placed within a reasonable amount of time of the order receipt and bunched orders will be kept bunched only long enough to execute the order.
The Fund will not purchase securities during the existence of any underwriting or selling group relating to such securities of which the Advisor or any affiliated person (as defined in the Investment Company Act) thereof is a member except pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board in accordance with Rule 10f-3 under the Investment Company Act. In no instance will portfolio securities be purchased from or sold to the Advisor or any affiliated person of the foregoing entities except as permitted by SEC exemptive order or by applicable law.
While the Fund generally does not expect to engage in trading for short-term gains, it will effect portfolio transactions without regard to any holding period if, in the Advisor’s judgment, such transactions are advisable in light of a change in circumstances of a particular company or within a particular industry or in general market, economic or financial conditions. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of the Fund’s annual sales or purchases of portfolio securities (exclusive of purchases or sales of U.S. Government Securities and all other securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less) by the monthly average value of the securities in the portfolio during the year. A high rate of portfolio turnover results in certain tax consequences, such as increased capital gain dividends and/or ordinary income dividends, and in correspondingly greater transaction costs in the form of dealer spreads and brokerage commissions, which are borne directly by the Fund.
Information about the brokerage commissions paid by the Fund, including commissions paid to affiliates, is set forth in the following table:
Fiscal Year/Period Ended March 31, | Aggregate Brokerage | Commissions Paid | ||
2023 | $0 | $0 | ||
2022 | $0 | $0 | ||
2021 | $0 | $0 |
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the brokerage commissions paid to affiliates by the Fund represented 0% of the aggregate brokerage commissions paid and involved 0% of the dollar amount of transactions involving payment of commissions during the year.
The following table shows the dollar amount of brokerage commissions paid to brokers for providing third-party research services and the approximate dollar amount of the transactions involved for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023. The provision of third-party research services was not necessarily a factor in the placement of all brokerage business with such brokers.
Amount of Commissions Paid to Brokers for | Amount of Brokerage | |
$0 | $0 |
The value of the Fund’s aggregate holdings of the securities of its regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the Investment Company Act) if any portion of such holdings were purchased during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023 are as follows:
Regular Broker-Dealer | Debt (D) / Equity (E) | Aggregate Holdings (000’s) | ||
Bank of America Corp | D | $3,917 | ||
Morgan Stanley | D | $2,885 | ||
Wells Fargo Company | D | $2,249 |
S-52
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Certain activities of the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor, BlackRock, Inc. and the other subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. (collectively referred to in this section as “BlackRock”) and their respective directors, officers or employees, with respect to the Fund and/or other accounts managed by BlackRock, may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest such as those described below.
BlackRock is one of the world’s largest asset management firms. BlackRock, its subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees, including the business units or entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of the Fund, are engaged worldwide in businesses, including managing equities, fixed-income securities, cash and alternative investments, and other financial services, and have interests other than that of managing the Fund. These are considerations of which investors in the Fund should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders. These businesses and interests include potential multiple advisory, transactional, financial and other relationships with, or interests in companies and interests in securities or other instruments that may be purchased or sold by the Fund.
BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of the Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Fund. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed-income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund’s performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of the Fund’s transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Fund.
When BlackRock seeks to purchase or sell the same assets for client accounts, including the Fund, the assets actually purchased or sold may be allocated among the accounts on a basis determined in its good faith discretion to be equitable. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the size or price of the assets purchased or sold for the Fund. In addition, transactions in investments by one or more other accounts managed by BlackRock may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of the Fund, particularly, but not limited to, with respect to small capitalization, emerging market or less liquid strategies. This may occur with respect to BlackRock-advised accounts when investment decisions regarding the Fund are based on research or other information that is also used to support decisions for other accounts. When BlackRock implements a portfolio decision or strategy on behalf of another account ahead of, or contemporaneously with, similar decisions or strategies for the Fund, market impact, liquidity constraints, or other factors could result in the Fund receiving less favorable trading results and the costs of implementing such decisions or strategies could be increased or the Fund could otherwise be disadvantaged. BlackRock may, in certain cases, elect to implement internal policies and procedures designed to limit such consequences, which may cause the Fund to be unable to engage in certain activities, including purchasing or disposing of securities, when it might otherwise be desirable for it to do so.
Conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions regarding the Fund may benefit other accounts managed by BlackRock. For example, the sale of a long position or establishment of a short position by the Fund may impair the price of the same security sold short by (and therefore benefit) BlackRock or its other accounts or funds, and the purchase of a security or covering of a short position in a security by the Fund may increase the price of the same security held by (and therefore benefit) BlackRock or its other accounts or funds.
S-53
BlackRock, on behalf of other client accounts, on the one hand, and the Fund, on the other hand, may invest in or extend credit to different parts of the capital structure of a single issuer. BlackRock may pursue rights, provide advice or engage in other activities, or refrain from pursuing rights, providing advice or engaging in other activities, on behalf of other clients with respect to an issuer in which the Fund has invested, and such actions (or refraining from action) may have a material adverse effect on the Fund. In situations in which clients of BlackRock (including the Fund) hold positions in multiple parts of the capital structure of an issuer, BlackRock may not pursue certain actions or remedies that may be available to the Fund, as a result of legal and regulatory requirements or otherwise. BlackRock addresses these and other potential conflicts of interest based on the facts and circumstances of particular situations. For example, BlackRock may determine to rely on information barriers between different business units or portfolio management teams. BlackRock may also determine to rely on the actions of similarly situated holders of loans or securities rather than, or in connection with, taking such actions itself on behalf of the Fund.
In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Fund may invest its assets in other funds advised by BlackRock, including funds that are managed by one or more of the same portfolio managers, which could result in conflicts of interest relating to asset allocation, timing of Fund purchases and redemptions, and increased remuneration and profitability for BlackRock and/or its personnel, including portfolio managers.
In certain circumstances, BlackRock, on behalf of the Fund, may seek to buy from or sell securities to another fund or account advised by BlackRock. BlackRock may (but is not required to) effect purchases and sales between BlackRock clients (“cross trades”), including the Fund, if BlackRock believes such transactions are appropriate based on each party’s investment objectives and guidelines, subject to applicable law and regulation. There may be potential conflicts of interest or regulatory issues relating to these transactions which could limit BlackRock’s decision to engage in these transactions for the Fund. BlackRock may have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities to the parties in such transactions.
BlackRock and its clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which the Fund has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Fund. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of the Fund’s investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of BlackRock or its clients, and transactions for the Fund may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.
The results of the Fund’s investment activities may differ significantly from the results achieved by BlackRock for its proprietary accounts or other accounts (including investment companies or collective investment vehicles) that it manages or advises. It is possible that one or more accounts managed or advised by BlackRock and such other accounts will achieve investment results that are substantially more or less favorable than the results achieved by the Fund. Moreover, it is possible that the Fund will sustain losses during periods in which one or more proprietary or other accounts managed or advised by BlackRock achieve significant profits. The opposite result is also possible.
From time to time, the Fund may be restricted from purchasing or selling securities, or from engaging in other investment activities because of regulatory, legal or contractual requirements applicable to BlackRock or other accounts managed or advised by BlackRock, and/or the internal policies of BlackRock designed to comply with such requirements. As a result, there may be periods, for example, when BlackRock will not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions in certain securities or instruments with respect to which BlackRock is performing services or when position limits have been reached. For example, the investment activities of BlackRock for its proprietary accounts and accounts under its management may limit the investment opportunities for the Fund in certain emerging and other markets in which limitations are imposed upon the amount of investment, in the aggregate or in individual issuers, by affiliated foreign investors.
In connection with its management of the Fund, BlackRock may have access to certain fundamental analysis and proprietary technical models developed by BlackRock. BlackRock will not be under any obligation, however,
S-54
to effect transactions on behalf of the Fund in accordance with such analysis and models. In addition, BlackRock will not have any obligation to make available any information regarding its proprietary activities or strategies, or the activities or strategies used for other accounts managed by them, for the benefit of the management of the Fund and it is not anticipated that BlackRock will have access to such information for the purpose of managing the Fund. The proprietary activities or portfolio strategies of BlackRock or the activities or strategies used for accounts managed by BlackRock or other client accounts could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed by BlackRock in managing the Fund.
The Fund may be included in investment models developed by BlackRock for use by clients and financial advisors. To the extent clients invest in these investment models and increase the assets under management of the Fund, the investment management fee amounts paid by the Fund to BlackRock may also increase. The liquidity of the Fund may be impacted by redemptions of the Fund by model-driven investment portfolios.
In addition, certain principals and certain employees of the Fund’s investment adviser are also principals or employees of other business units or entities within BlackRock. As a result, these principals and employees may have obligations to such other business units or entities or their clients and such obligations to other business units or entities or their clients may be a consideration of which investors in the Fund should be aware.
BlackRock may enter into transactions and invest in securities, instruments and currencies on behalf of the Fund in which clients of BlackRock or, to the extent permitted by the SEC and applicable law, BlackRock serves as the counterparty, principal or issuer. In such cases, such party’s interests in the transaction will be adverse to the interests of the Fund, and such party may have no incentive to assure that the Fund obtains the best possible prices or terms in connection with the transactions. In addition, the purchase, holding and sale of such investments by the Fund may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.
BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for its clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments of which may be those in which the Fund invests or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Markit Indices Limited, the index provider for underlying fixed-income indexes used by certain iShares ETFs, related to derivative fixed-income products that are based on such iShares ETFs. BlackRock will receive certain payments for licensing intellectual property belonging to BlackRock and for facilitating provision of data in connection with such derivative products, which may include payments based on the trading volumes of, or revenues generated by, the derivative products. The Fund and other accounts managed by BlackRock may from time to time transact in such derivative products where permitted by the Fund’s investment strategy, which could contribute to the viability of such derivative products by making them more appealing to funds and accounts managed by third parties, and in turn lead to increased payments to BlackRock. Trading activity in these derivative products could also potentially lead to greater liquidity for such products, increased purchase activity with respect to these iShares ETFs and increased assets under management for BlackRock.
The Fund may, subject to applicable law, purchase investments that are the subject of an underwriting or other distribution by BlackRock and may also enter into transactions with other clients of BlackRock where such other clients have interests adverse to those of the Fund.
At times, these activities may cause business units or entities within BlackRock to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of the Fund. To the extent such transactions are permitted, the Fund will deal with BlackRock on an arms-length basis.
To the extent authorized by applicable law, BlackRock may act as broker, dealer, agent, lender or adviser or in other commercial capacities for the Fund. It is anticipated that the commissions, mark-ups, mark-downs, financial advisory fees, underwriting and placement fees, sales fees, financing and commitment fees, brokerage fees, other fees, compensation or profits, rates, terms and conditions charged by BlackRock will be in its view commercially reasonable, although BlackRock, including its sales personnel, will have an interest in obtaining
S-55
fees and other amounts that are favorable to BlackRock and such sales personnel, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund. Index based funds may use an index provider that is affiliated with another service provider of the Fund or BlackRock that acts as a broker, dealer, agent, lender or in other commercial capacities for the Fund or BlackRock.
Subject to applicable law, BlackRock (and its personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Fund as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities. No accounting to the Fund or its shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Fund or its shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by BlackRock of any such fees or other amounts.
When BlackRock acts as broker, dealer, agent, adviser or in other commercial capacities in relation to the Fund, BlackRock may take commercial steps in its own interests, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund. The Fund will be required to establish business relationships with its counterparties based on the Fund’s own credit standing. BlackRock will not have any obligation to allow its credit to be used in connection with the Fund’s establishment of its business relationships, nor is it expected that the Fund’s counterparties will rely on the credit of BlackRock in evaluating the Fund’s creditworthiness.
BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“BIM”), an affiliate of BlackRock, pursuant to SEC exemptive relief, acts as securities lending agent to, and receives a share of securities lending revenues from, the Fund. BlackRock will also receive compensation for managing the reinvestment of the cash collateral from securities lending. There are potential conflicts of interests in managing a securities lending program, including but not limited to: (i) BlackRock as securities lending agent may have an incentive to increase or decrease the amount of securities on loan or to lend particular securities in order to generate additional risk-adjusted revenue for BlackRock and its affiliates; and (ii) BlackRock as securities lending agent may have an incentive to allocate loans to clients that would provide more revenue to BlackRock. As described further below, BlackRock seeks to mitigate this conflict by providing its securities lending clients with equal lending opportunities over time in order to approximate pro rata allocation.
As part of its securities lending program, BlackRock indemnifies the Fund and certain other clients and/or funds against a shortfall in collateral in the event of borrower default. On a regular basis, BlackRock calculates the potential dollar exposure of collateral shortfall resulting from a borrower default (“shortfall risk”) in the securities lending program. BlackRock establishes program-wide borrower limits (“credit limits”) to actively manage borrower-specific credit exposure. BlackRock oversees the risk model that calculates projected collateral shortfall values using loan-level factors such as loan and collateral type and market value as well as specific borrower credit characteristics. When necessary, BlackRock may adjust securities lending program attributes by restricting eligible collateral or reducing borrower credit limits. As a result, the management of program-wide exposure as well as BlackRock-specific indemnification exposure may affect the amount of securities lending activity BlackRock may conduct at any given point in time by reducing the volume of lending opportunities for certain loans (including by asset type, collateral type and/or revenue profile).
BlackRock uses a predetermined systematic process in order to approximate pro-rata allocation over time. In order to allocate a loan to a portfolio: (i) BlackRock as a whole must have sufficient lending capacity pursuant to the various program limits (i.e. indemnification exposure limit and borrower credit limits); (ii) the lending portfolio must hold the asset at the time a loan opportunity arrives; and (iii) the lending portfolio must also have enough inventory, either on its own or when aggregated with other portfolios into one single market delivery, to satisfy the loan request. In doing so, BlackRock seeks to provide equal lending opportunities for all portfolios, independent of whether BlackRock indemnifies the portfolio. Equal opportunities for lending portfolios does not guarantee equal outcomes. Specifically, short and long-term outcomes for individual clients may vary due to asset mix, asset/liability spreads on different securities, and the overall limits imposed by the firm.
S-56
BlackRock may decline to make a securities loan on behalf of the Fund, discontinue lending on behalf of the Fund or terminate a securities loan on behalf of the Fund for any reason, including but not limited to regulatory requirements and/or market rules, liquidity considerations, or credit considerations, which may impact the Fund by reducing or eliminating the volume of lending opportunities for certain types of loans, loans in particular markets, loans of particular securities or types of securities, or for loans overall.
Purchases and sales of securities and other assets for the Fund may be bunched or aggregated with orders for other BlackRock client accounts, including with accounts that pay different transaction costs solely due to the fact that they have different research payment arrangements. BlackRock, however, is not required to bunch or aggregate orders if portfolio management decisions for different accounts are made separately, or if they determine that bunching or aggregating is not practicable or required, or in cases involving client direction.
Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged, and the Fund will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Fund. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Fund will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.
As discussed in the section entitled “Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage” in this SAI, BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may cause the Fund or account to pay a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction that exceeds the amount another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the same transaction in recognition of the value of brokerage and research services provided by that broker or dealer. Under MiFID II, EU investment managers, including BlackRock International Limited which acts as a sub-adviser to certain BlackRock-advised funds, pay for research from brokers and dealers directly out of their own resources, rather than through client commissions.
Subject to applicable law, BlackRock may select brokers that furnish BlackRock, the Fund, other BlackRock client accounts or personnel, directly or through correspondent relationships, with research or other appropriate services which provide, in BlackRock’s view, appropriate assistance to BlackRock in the investment decision-making process (including with respect to futures, fixed-price offerings and OTC transactions). Such research or other services may include, to the extent permitted by law, research reports on companies, industries and securities; economic and financial data; financial publications; proxy analysis; trade industry seminars; computer data bases; research-oriented software and other services and products.
Research or other services obtained in this manner may be used in servicing any or all of the Fund and other BlackRock client accounts, including in connection with BlackRock client accounts other than those that pay commissions to the broker relating to the research or other service arrangements. Such products and services may disproportionately benefit other BlackRock client accounts relative to the Fund based on the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Fund and such other BlackRock client accounts. For example, research or other services that are paid for through one client’s commissions may not be used in managing that client’s account. In addition, other BlackRock client accounts may receive the benefit, including disproportionate benefits, of economies of scale or price discounts in connection with products and services that may be provided to the Fund and to such other BlackRock client accounts. To the extent that BlackRock uses soft dollars, it will not have to pay for those products and services itself.
BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may endeavor to execute trades through brokers who, pursuant to such arrangements, provide research or other services in order to ensure the continued receipt of research or other services BlackRock believes are useful in its investment decision-making process. BlackRock may from time to time choose not to engage in the above described arrangements to varying degrees. BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may also enter into commission sharing arrangements under which BlackRock may execute transactions through a broker-dealer and request that the broker-dealer allocate a portion
S-57
of the commissions or commission credits to another firm that provides research to BlackRock. To the extent that BlackRock engages in commission sharing arrangements, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist.
BlackRock may utilize certain electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”) (including, without limitation, ECNs in which BlackRock has an investment or other interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law) in executing client securities transactions for certain types of securities. These ECNs may charge fees for their services, including access fees and transaction fees. The transaction fees, which are similar to commissions or markups/markdowns, will generally be charged to clients and, like commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees may be paid by BlackRock even though incurred in connection with executing transactions on behalf of clients, including the Fund. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.
BlackRock owns a minority interest in, and is a member of, Members Exchange (“MEMX”), a newly created U.S. stock exchange. Transactions for the Fund may be executed on MEMX if third party brokers select MEMX as the appropriate venue for execution of orders placed by BlackRock traders on behalf of client portfolios.
BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including the Fund, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with BlackRock’s fiduciary obligations to its clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of BlackRock may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of BlackRock, provided that BlackRock believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see Appendix B.
It is possible that the Fund may invest in securities of, or engage in transactions with, companies in which BlackRock has significant debt or equity investments or other interests. The Fund may also invest in issuances (such as structured notes) by entities for which BlackRock provides and is compensated for cash management services relating to the proceeds from the sale of such issuances. In making investment decisions for the Fund, BlackRock is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information acquired by any unit of BlackRock, in the course of these activities. In addition, from time to time, the activities of BlackRock may limit the Fund’s flexibility in purchases and sales of securities. As indicated below, BlackRock may engage in transactions with companies in which BlackRock-advised funds or other clients of BlackRock have an investment.
BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients’ accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by the Fund’s pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Fund’s pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to the Fund’s pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund’s pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.
As disclosed in more detail in “Net Asset Value” in the prospectus, when market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, the Fund’s investments are valued at fair value by BlackRock. BlackRock has been designated as the Fund’s valuation designee pursuant to Rule 2a-5 under the Investment Company Act and acts through BlackRock’s Rule 2a-5 Committee (the “2a-5 Committee”), with assistance from other BlackRock pricing committees and in accordance with BlackRock’s policies and procedures (the “Valuation Procedures”). When determining a “fair value price,” the 2a-5 Committee seeks to
S-58
determine the price that the Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what the Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining the Fund’s NAV. As a result, the Fund’s sale or repurchase of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by the 2a-5 Committee at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders and may affect the amount of revenue received by BlackRock with respect to services for which it receives an asset-based fee.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Fund may invest all or some of its short-term cash investments in any money market fund or similarly-managed private fund advised or managed by BlackRock. In connection with any such investments, the Fund, to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act, may pay its share of expenses of a money market fund or other similarly-managed private fund in which it invests, which may result in the Fund bearing some additional expenses.
BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of the Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers, and employees of BlackRock that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that the Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, the Fund and the Advisor each have adopted a Code of Ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the Investment Company Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Fund’s portfolio transactions. Each Code of Ethics is also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.
BlackRock will not purchase securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, the Fund, except that the Fund may in accordance with rules or guidance adopted under the Investment Company Act engage in transactions with another BlackRock-advised fund or accounts that are affiliated with the Fund as a result of common officers, directors, or investment advisers or pursuant to exemptive orders granted to the Fund and/or BlackRock by the SEC. These transactions would be effected in circumstances in which BlackRock determined that it would be appropriate for the Fund to purchase and another client of BlackRock to sell, or the Fund to sell and another client of BlackRock to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day. From time to time, the activities of the Fund may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to BlackRock and/or BlackRock’s internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when BlackRock may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit its advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which BlackRock is performing advisory or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when BlackRock is engaged to provide advisory or risk management services for a company, BlackRock may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company on behalf of the Fund, particularly where such services result in BlackRock obtaining material non-public information about the company (e.g., in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee). Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock serve as directors of companies the securities of which the Fund wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, and where consistent with BlackRock’s policies and procedures (including the necessary implementation of appropriate information barriers), the Fund may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies, are the subject of an advisory or risk management assignment by BlackRock, or where personnel of BlackRock are directors or officers of the issuer.
S-59
The investment activities of BlackRock for its proprietary accounts and for client accounts may also limit the investment strategies and rights of the Fund. For example, in certain circumstances where the Fund invests in securities issued by companies that operate in certain regulated industries, in certain emerging or international markets, or are subject to corporate or regulatory ownership restrictions, or invest in certain futures and derivative transactions, there may be limits on the aggregate amount invested by BlackRock for their proprietary accounts and for client accounts (including the Fund) that may not be exceeded without the grant of a license or other regulatory or corporate consent, or, if exceeded, may cause BlackRock, the Fund or other client accounts to suffer disadvantages or business restrictions. If certain aggregate ownership thresholds are reached or certain transactions undertaken, the ability of BlackRock on behalf of clients (including the Fund) to purchase or dispose of investments, or exercise rights or undertake business transactions, may be restricted by regulation or otherwise impaired. As a result, BlackRock on behalf of its clients (including the Fund) may limit purchases, sell existing investments, or otherwise restrict, forgo or limit the exercise of rights (including transferring, outsourcing or limiting voting rights or forgoing the right to receive dividends) when BlackRock, in its sole discretion, deems it appropriate in light of potential regulatory or other restrictions on ownership or other consequences resulting from reaching investment thresholds.
In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Fund), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. When ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer’s weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage the Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be necessary to sell down these positions to meet the applicable limitations. In these cases, benchmark overweight positions will be sold prior to benchmark positions being reduced to meet applicable limitations.
In addition to the foregoing, other ownership thresholds may trigger reporting requirements to governmental and regulatory authorities, and such reports may entail the disclosure of the identity of a client or BlackRock’s intended strategy with respect to such security or asset.
BlackRock may maintain securities indices. To the extent permitted by applicable laws, the Fund may seek to license and use such indices as part of their investment strategy. Index based funds that seek to track the performance of securities indices also may use the name of the index or index provider in the fund name. Index providers, including BlackRock (to the extent permitted by applicable law), may be paid licensing fees for use of their index or index name. BlackRock is not obligated to license its indices to the Fund and the Fund is under no obligation to use BlackRock indices. The Fund cannot be assured that the terms of any index licensing agreement with BlackRock will be as favorable as those terms offered to other licensees.
BlackRock may enter into contractual arrangements with third-party service providers to the Fund (e.g., custodians, administrators and index providers) pursuant to which BlackRock receives fee discounts or concessions in recognition of BlackRock’s overall relationship with such service providers. To the extent that BlackRock is responsible for paying these service providers out of its management fee, the benefits of any such fee discounts or concessions may accrue, in whole or in part, to BlackRock.
BlackRock owns or has an ownership interest in certain trading, portfolio management, operations and/or information systems used by Fund service providers. These systems are, or will be, used by the Fund service provider in connection with the provision of services to accounts managed by BlackRock and funds managed and sponsored by BlackRock, including the Fund, that engage the service provider (typically the custodian). The Fund’s service provider remunerates BlackRock for the use of the systems. The Fund’s service provider’s payments to BlackRock for the use of these systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.
BlackRock’s receipt of fees from a service provider in connection with the use of systems provided by BlackRock may create an incentive for BlackRock to recommend that the Fund enter into or renew an arrangement with the service provider.
S-60
In recognition of a BlackRock client’s overall relationship with BlackRock, BlackRock may offer special pricing arrangements for certain services provided by BlackRock. Any such special pricing arrangements will not affect Fund fees and expenses applicable to such client’s investment in the Fund.
Present and future activities of BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
Other Shares
The Board (subject to applicable law and the Fund’s Declaration of Trust) may authorize an offering, without the approval of the holders of Shares and, depending on their terms, any preferred shares outstanding at that time, of other classes of shares, or other classes or series of shares, as they determine to be necessary, desirable or appropriate, having such terms, rights, preferences, privileges, limitations and restrictions as the Board sees fit. The Fund currently does not expect to issue any other classes of shares, or series of shares, except for the Shares.
TAX MATTERS
The following discussion is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences to persons who purchase Shares pursuant to this offering. The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury Regulations, judicial authorities, published positions of the IRS and other applicable authorities, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal tax concerns affecting the Fund and its common shareholders. This discussion is limited to investors who hold their Shares as capital assets (generally, for investment). No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS regarding any matter discussed herein. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax aspects set forth below. Prospective investors must consult their own tax advisors as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences (including the alternative minimum tax consequences) of acquiring, holding and disposing of Shares, as well as the effects of state, local and non-U.S. tax laws.
In addition, no attempt is made to address tax considerations applicable to an investor with a special tax status, such as a financial institution, real estate investment trust (“REIT”), insurance company, regulated investment company, individual retirement account, other tax-exempt organization, dealer in securities or currencies, person holding shares of the Fund as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion or straddle transaction, trader in securities that has elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for its securities, U.S. holder (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, investor with “applicable financial statements” within the meaning of Section 451(b) of the Code, or non-U.S. investor. Furthermore, this discussion does not reflect possible application of the alternative minimum tax.
A “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of Shares that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
• | a citizen or individual resident of the United States; |
• | a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia; |
• | an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or |
• | a trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) it has a valid election in place to be treated as a U.S. person. |
S-61
A “Non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of Shares that is not a partnership and is not a U.S. holder.
If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds Shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding Shares should consult its tax advisors with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Share.
Taxation as a RIC
The Fund intends to elect and to qualify each year to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. So long as it qualifies as a RIC, the Fund will generally not have to pay corporate level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that the Fund distributes to holders of Shares as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To qualify as a RIC, the Fund must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, to obtain RIC tax treatment, the Fund must distribute to holders of Shares, for each taxable year, at least 90% of the Fund’s “investment company taxable income” (determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction), which is generally the Fund’s ordinary income plus the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”).
If the Fund qualifies as a RIC and satisfies the Annual Distribution Requirement, then the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of the Fund’s investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses) the Fund distributes to holders of Shares with respect to that year. The Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gain not distributed (or deemed distributed) to holders of Shares.
The Fund will be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on certain undistributed income of RICs unless the Fund distributes in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of the Fund’s ordinary income for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of the Fund’s capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”). The Fund will not be subject to excise taxes on amounts on which the Fund is required to pay corporate income taxes (such as retained net capital gains).
In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Fund must, among other things:
• | be registered under the Investment Company Act as a management company at all times during each taxable year; |
• | derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale of stock or other securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities or foreign currencies, and net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (as defined in the Code) (the “90% Income Test”); and |
• | diversify its holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year: |
• | at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and |
• | no more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s assets is invested (1) in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer or of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable tax rules, by the Fund and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or (2) in securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “Diversification Tests”). |
S-62
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Fund may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which the Fund does not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if the Fund holds debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), the Fund must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by the Fund in the same taxable year. The Fund may also be required to include in income other amounts that the Fund has not yet received in cash, such as deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock.
Section 451(b) of the Code requires certain accrual method taxpayers to include certain amounts in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes no later than the time such amounts are reflected on certain financial statements. This rule may thus require the Fund to accrue income earlier than otherwise would be the case under general tax rules, although the precise application of this rule is unclear at this time.
Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in the Fund’s investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, the Fund may be required to make a distribution to its shareholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though the Fund will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, the Fund may have difficulty meeting the Annual Distribution Requirement necessary to qualify for and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code.
As discussed below, in the event the Fund owns equity interests in Portfolio Funds and Portfolio Companies conducted in “pass-through” form (i.e., as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes), income from such equity interests may not qualify for purposes of the 90% Income Test and, as a result, the Fund may be required to hold such interests through a taxable subsidiary corporation. In such a case, any income from such equity interests should not adversely affect the Fund’s ability to meet the 90% Income Test, although such income generally would be subject to U.S. federal income tax, which the Fund would indirectly bear through its ownership of such subsidiary corporation.
The Fund is authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement. However, under the Investment Company Act, the Fund is not permitted to make distributions to holders of Shares while its debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. See “Borrowing by the Fund.” Moreover, the Fund’s ability to dispose of assets to meet the Annual Distribution Requirements may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of the Fund’s portfolio and/or (2) other requirements relating to the Fund’s status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If the Fund disposes of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, the Fund may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.
Fund Investments
Certain of the Fund’s investment practices may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gain and qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect when taxable income must be recognized or the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions, and (vii) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test. The Fund intends to monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections in order to mitigate the effect of these provisions.
S-63
The Fund may invest a significant portion of its assets in Portfolio Funds and Portfolio Companies that are classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Fund may be required to recognize items of taxable income and gain prior to the time that the Fund receives corresponding cash distributions from a Portfolio Fund or Portfolio Company. In such case, the Fund might have to borrow money or dispose of investments, including interests in the Portfolio Funds and Portfolio Companies, when it is disadvantageous to do so in order to make the distributions required in order to maintain their status as RICs and to avoid the imposition of a federal income or excise tax.
Portfolio Funds and Portfolio Companies classified as partnerships for federal income tax purposes may generate income allocable to the Fund that is not qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income test described above. In order to meet the 90% Income test, the Fund may structure its investments in a way potentially increasing the taxes imposed thereon or in respect thereof. Because the Fund may not have timely or complete information concerning the amount and sources of the income of such a Portfolio Fund or Portfolio Company until such income has been earned by the Portfolio Fund or Portfolio Company or until a substantial amount of time thereafter, it may be difficult for the Fund to satisfy the 90% Income test.
A determination that two or more Blocker Subsidiaries are in the same or similar or related trades or businesses, and thus subject to a single 25% limitation under the asset diversification tests, could limit the Fund’s ability to pursue a particular investment. Furthermore, it may not always be clear how the asset diversification rules for RIC qualification will apply to the Fund’s investments in Portfolio Funds or Portfolio Companies that are classified as partnerships for federal income tax purposes. In the event that the Fund believes that it is possible that it will fail the Diversification Tests at the end of any quarter of a taxable year, it may seek to take certain actions to avert such failure, including by acquiring additional investments to come into compliance with the Diversification Tests or by disposing of non-diversified assets. Although the Code affords the Fund the opportunity, in certain circumstances, to cure a failure to meet the asset diversification test, including by disposing of non-diversified assets within six months, there may be constraints on the Fund’s ability to dispose of its interest in a Portfolio Fund or Portfolio Company that limit utilization of this cure period.
As a result of the considerations described in the preceding paragraphs, the Fund’s intention to qualify and be eligible for treatment as RICs can limit their ability to acquire or continue to hold positions in Portfolio Funds or Portfolio Companies that would otherwise be consistent with their investment strategy or can require them to engage in transactions in which they would otherwise not engage, resulting in additional transaction costs and reducing the Fund’s return to shareholders.
Furthermore, the Fund may invest in non-U.S. corporations (or other non-U.S. entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes). Thus, it is possible that one or more such entities in which the Fund invests could be treated under the Code and Treasury Regulations as a “passive foreign investment company” or a “controlled foreign corporation.” Generally, the rules relating to investments in these types of non-U.S. entities are designed to ensure that U.S. taxpayers are taxed currently and/or taxed at increased tax rates at distribution or disposition. In certain circumstances this could require the Fund to recognize income where the Fund does not receive a corresponding payment in cash and make distributions with respect to such income in order to maintain the Fund’s qualification as a RIC. Under such circumstances, the Fund may have difficulty meeting the Annual Distribution Requirement necessary to maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code.
Dividends or other income (including, in some cases, capital gains) received by the Fund from investments in foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. If more than 50% of the Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, the Fund may elect for U.S. federal income tax purposes to treat foreign income taxes paid by it as paid by holders of its Units. The Fund may qualify for and make this election in some, but not necessarily all, of its taxable years. If the Fund were to make such an election, holders of the Fund would be required to take into account an amount equal to their pro rata portions of such foreign taxes in computing their taxable income and
S-64
then treat an amount equal to those foreign taxes as a U.S. federal income tax deduction or as a foreign tax credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability. A taxpayer’s ability to use a foreign tax deduction or credit is subject to limitations under the Code.
Failure to Qualify as a RIC
If the Fund fails to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement or otherwise fails to qualify as a RIC in any taxable year (for example, because the Fund fails the 90% Income Test described above), the Fund will be subject to tax in that year on all of its taxable income at regular corporate rates, regardless of whether the Fund makes any distributions to holders of Shares, reducing the amount available to be distributed to holders of Shares. The Fund would not be able to deduct distributions to holders of Shares, nor would they be required to be made. Distributions would generally be taxable to individual and other non-corporate taxable holders of Shares as “qualified dividend income” eligible for the reduced maximum rate to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, provided certain holding period and other requirements are met. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate distributees would be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Distributions in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Shares (reducing that basis accordingly), and any remaining distributions would be treated as capital gain. Moreover, if the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC in any year, to qualify again to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Fund would be required to distribute to holders of Shares its earnings and profits attributable to non-RIC years. In addition, if the Fund failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, then the Fund would be required to elect to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of five years, in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.
The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Fund qualifies as a RIC and has satisfied the Annual Distribution Requirement.
Taxation of U.S. Holders
Distributions by the Fund generally are taxable to U.S. holders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of the Fund’s “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, the Fund’s net ordinary income plus realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. holders to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional Shares. To the extent such distributions paid by the Fund to non-corporate U.S. holders (including individuals) are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, such “qualifying dividends” may be eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal income tax. Distributions of the Fund’s net capital gains (which is generally the Fund’s realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly designated by the Fund as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. holder as long-term capital gains, which are currently taxable at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20% in the case of individuals, trusts or estates, regardless of the U.S. holder’s holding period for its Shares and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional Shares. Distributions in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Shares (reducing that basis accordingly), and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain.
In the event that the Fund retains any net capital gains, the Fund may designate the retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to the Fund’s shareholders. If a designation is made, shareholders would include in income, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate share of the undistributed amounts, but would be allowed a credit or refund, as the case may be, for their proportionate share of the corporate U.S. federal income tax paid by the Fund. In addition, the tax basis of Shares owned by a U.S. holder would be increased by
S-65
an amount equal to the difference between (i) the amount included in the U.S. holder’s income as long-term capital gains and (ii) the U.S. Shareholder’s proportionate share of the corporate U.S. federal income tax paid by the Fund.
For purposes of determining (i) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (ii) the amount of distributions paid for that year, the Fund may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a distribution that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If the Fund makes such an election, the U.S. holder will still be treated as receiving the distribution in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any distribution declared by the Fund in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been paid by the Fund and received by the Fund’s U.S. holders on December 31 of the year in which the distribution was declared.
A U.S. holder participating in the Reinvestment Plan will be taxed on the amount of such distribution in the same manner as if such shareholder had received such distribution in cash. Any stock received in a purchase under the Reinvestment Plan will have a holding period for tax purposes commencing on the day following the day on which Shares are credited to a U.S. holder’s account.
A U.S. holder will generally recognize taxable gain or loss if the holder sells or otherwise disposes of his, her or its Shares, including in a repurchase as discussed further below. The gain or loss will be measured by the difference between the amount realized on the disposition and the holder’s tax basis in his, her or its Shares. Any gain or loss arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the holder has held his, her or its Shares for more than one year. Otherwise, it would be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of our Shares may be disallowed if other Shares are acquired within 30 days before or after the disposition, in which case the basis of the Shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
In general, individual and other non-corporate U.S. taxable holders are currently subject to a reduced maximum U.S. federal income tax rate on their net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss for a taxable year) including any long-term capital gain derived from an investment in Shares. Corporate U.S. holders currently are subject to federal income tax on net capital gain at the rates applied to ordinary income. There are a number of statutory limitations on the deductibility of capital losses.
If the Fund conducts a tender offer for its shares (as described in the prospectus), a repurchase by the Fund of a shareholder’s shares pursuant to such tender offer generally will be treated as a sale or exchange of the shares by a shareholder provided that either (i) the shareholder tenders, and the Fund repurchases, all of such shareholder’s shares, thereby reducing the shareholder’s percentage ownership of the Fund, whether directly or by attribution under Section 318 of the Code, to 0%, (ii) the shareholder meets numerical safe harbors under the Code with respect to percentage voting interest and reduction in ownership of the Fund following completion of the tender offer, or (iii) the tender offer otherwise results in a “meaningful reduction” of the shareholder’s ownership percentage interest in the Fund, which determination depends on a particular shareholder’s facts and circumstances.
If a tendering shareholder’s proportionate ownership of the Fund (determined after applying the ownership attribution rules under Section 318 of the Code) is not reduced to the extent required under the tests described above, such shareholder will be deemed to receive a distribution from the Fund under Section 301 of the Code with respect to the shares held (or deemed held under Section 318 of the Code) by the shareholder after the tender offer (a “Section 301 distribution”). The amount of this distribution will equal the price paid by the Fund to such shareholder for the shares sold, and will be taxable as a dividend, i.e., as ordinary income, to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits allocable to such distribution, with the excess treated as a return of capital reducing the shareholder’s tax basis in the shares held after the tender offer, and thereafter as capital gain. Any Fund shares held by a shareholder after a tender offer will be subject to basis adjustments in accordance with the provisions of the Code.
S-66
Provided that no tendering shareholder is treated as receiving a Section 301 distribution as a result of selling shares pursuant to a particular tender offer, shareholders who do not sell shares pursuant to that tender offer will not realize constructive distributions on their shares as a result of other shareholders selling shares in the tender offer. In the event that any tendering shareholder is deemed to receive a Section 301 distribution, it is possible that shareholders whose proportionate ownership of the Fund increases as a result of that tender offer, including shareholders who do not tender any shares, will be deemed to receive a constructive distribution under Section 305(c) of the Code in an amount equal to the increase in their percentage ownership of the Fund as a result of the tender offer. Such constructive distribution will be treated as a dividend to the extent of current or accumulated earnings and profits allocable to it.
Use of the Fund’s cash to repurchase shares may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to satisfy the distribution requirements for treatment as a regulated investment company described above. The Fund may also recognize income in connection with the sale of portfolio securities to fund share purchases, in which case the Fund would take any such income into account in determining whether such distribution requirements have been satisfied.
Certain non-corporate U.S. holders whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which includes dividends received from the Fund and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of Shares.
The Fund will send to each of its U.S. holders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice detailing, on a per Share and per distribution basis, the amounts includible in such U.S. holder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the U.S. federal tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the IRS (including the amount of dividends, if any, eligible for the reduced maximum rate). Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. holder’s particular situation.
The Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax (“backup withholding”) at the current rate of 24% from all taxable distributions to any U.S. holder (1) who fails to furnish the Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such holder is exempt from backup withholding or (2) with respect to whom the IRS notifies the Fund that such holder has failed to report properly certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Any amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that proper information is timely provided to the IRS.
Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders
Whether an investment in Shares is appropriate for a Non-U.S. holder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in the Shares by a Non-U.S. holder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors before investing in Shares.
Distributions of the Fund’s “investment company taxable income” to Non-U.S. holders (including interest income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized long-term capital losses, which generally would be free of withholding if paid to Non-U.S. holders directly) will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits unless the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. holder, and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States, in which case the distributions will be subject to federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. holders, and the Fund will not be required to withhold U.S. federal tax if the Non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. holder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors.
S-67
Properly designated dividends received by a Non-U.S. holder are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax when they (i) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Fund’s U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Fund is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income), or (ii) are paid in connection with the Fund’s “qualified short-term gain” (generally, the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain over its long-term capital loss for such taxable year). In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a Non-U.S. holder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN (for individuals), IRS Form W-8BEN-E (for entities) or an acceptable substitute or successor form). In the case of Shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund designates the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term gain. Non-U.S. holders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.
Actual or deemed distributions of the Fund’s net capital gains to a Non-U.S. holder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. holder upon the sale or redemption of Shares, will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. holder (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Shareholder in the United States,) or, in the case of an individual, the Non-U.S. holder was present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met.
If the Fund distributes its net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions, a Non-U.S. holder will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the non-U.S. holder’s allocable share of the corporate-level tax the Fund pays on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed; however, in order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. holder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a U.S. federal income tax return even if the Non-U.S. holder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a U.S. federal income tax return.
For a corporate Non-U.S. holder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale of Shares that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable tax treaty). Accordingly, investment in the Shares may not be appropriate for certain non-U.S. holders.
A Non-U.S. holder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. holder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. holder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.
Pursuant to U.S. withholding provisions commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), payments of most types of income from sources within the United States (as determined under applicable U.S. federal income tax principles), such as interest and dividends, in each case, to a foreign financial institution, investment funds and other non-U.S. persons generally will be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, unless certain information reporting and other applicable requirements are satisfied. Any Non-U.S. holder that either does not provide the relevant information or is otherwise not compliant with FATCA may be subject to this withholding tax on certain distributions from the Fund. Any taxes required to be withheld under these rules must be withheld even if the relevant income is otherwise exempt (in whole or in part) from withholding of U.S. federal income tax, including under an income tax treaty between the United States and the beneficial owner’s country of tax residence. Each Non-U.S. holder should consult its tax advisers regarding the possible implications of this withholding tax (and the reporting obligations that will apply to such Non-U.S. holder, which may include providing certain information in respect of such Non-U.S. holder’s beneficial owners).
S-68
Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in Units.
***
The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of certain provisions of the Code and the Treasury Regulations presently in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Fund and its shareholders. For complete provisions, reference should be made to the pertinent Code sections and Treasury Regulations. The Code and the Treasury Regulations are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive with respect to Fund transactions. Holders of common shares are advised to consult their own tax advisers for more detailed information concerning the U.S. federal income taxation of the Fund and the income tax consequences to its holders of common shares.
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
The custodian of the assets of the Fund is State Street Bank and Trust Company, whose principal business address is One Congress Street, Suite 1, Boston, Massachusetts 02114-2016. The custodian is responsible for, among other things, receipt of and disbursement of funds from the Fund’s accounts, establishment of segregated accounts as necessary, and transfer, exchange and delivery of Fund portfolio securities.
State Street Bank and Trust Company, whose principal business address is One Congress Street, Suite 1, Boston, Massachusetts 02114-2016, serves as the Fund’s transfer agent with respect to the common shares.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Deloitte & Touche LLP, whose principal business address is 200 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Fund and is expected to render an opinion annually on the financial statements of the Fund.
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
A control person is a person who beneficially owns, either directly or indirectly, more than 25% of the voting securities of a company. Prior to the public offering of the Shares, BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. (“BFM”), an affiliate of the Fund and the Advisor, purchased Shares from the Fund in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the Investment Company Act, which requires the Fund to have a net worth of at least $100,000 prior to making a public offering. As of June 30, 2023, BFM owns 67.72% of the outstanding Institutional Shares and 100% of the outstanding Class D Shares of the Fund. This ownership will fluctuate as other investors subscribe for Shares and if the Fund repurchases Shares in connection with periodic tender offers. Depending on the size of this ownership, BFM may either control the Fund or be in a position to exercise a significant influence on the outcome of any matter put to a vote of investors. However, if the Fund is relying on its co-investment exemptive relief, during any period in which BFM (together with any other affiliate of the Advisor) holds greater than 25% of the Shares, BFM will be required to “mirror vote” its Shares in the same percentages as the Fund’s other shareholders when voting on the election or removal of Trustees or any other matters affecting the Board’s composition, size or manner of election.
The address of BFM is 50 Hudson Yards, New York, NY 10001. BFM is organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock.
No other persons owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of any class of the Fund’s outstanding Shares as of June 30, 2023.
S-69
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The audited financial statements and financial highlights included in the Annual Report to the Fund’s shareholders for the fiscal period ended March 31, 2023, together with the report of Deloitte & Touche LLP for the Fund’s Annual Report, are incorporated herein by reference to the Fund’s Annual Report to shareholders. All other portions of the Annual Report to shareholders are not incorporated herein by reference and are not part of the registration statement, the SAI, the prospectus or any prospectus supplement.
S-70
APPENDIX A
Description of Bond Ratings
A rating is generally assigned to a fixed-income security at the time of issuance by a credit rating agency designated as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) by the SEC. While NRSROs may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so, and the ratings given to securities at issuance do not necessarily represent ratings which would be given to these securities on a particular subsequent date.
NRSROs may rate specific investments (e.g., bonds), issuers (e.g., corporations, governments and financial institutions) and/or programs (e.g., commercial paper programs). However, certain types of investments generally are not rated by NRSROs, such as certain government/sovereign obligations, US agency securities, commercial paper, time deposits at financial institutions, and derivative instruments such as credit default swaps. For these types of investments, as well as US Treasury securities (some of which are not rated), where a NRSRO has not rated the specific investment but has rated the investment’s issuer, program, financial institution or underlying reference asset, BlackRock Advisors, LLC, BlackRock Fund Advisors or their respective affiliates (“BlackRock”) may consider the investment to have the same NRSRO rating as its issuer, program, financial institution or underlying reference asset, as applicable. In the case of municipal securities, where one NRSRO provides multiple ratings for the same security (e.g., “underlying,” “insured” and/or “enhanced” ratings), BlackRock may consider the security to have the highest of the multiple ratings.
New issue securities (regardless of type) rarely are rated by a NRSRO at the time of their initial offering. Preliminary prospectuses or term sheets for new issue securities often include an expected rating for the security (as determined by the underwriter and/or issuer) or a NRSRO rating for the issuer of the security. If applicable, when deciding whether to purchase a new issue security that has not yet been rated by a NRSRO, BlackRock may attribute an expected rating to the security based on: (i) the expected rating of the security set forth in the preliminary prospectus or term sheet for the security; (ii) the NRSRO’s rating for the issuer of the security set forth in the preliminary prospectus or term sheet for the security; or (iii) with respect to asset-backed securities, the rating of a prior issuance having a similar structure or the same sponsor.
Where the investment objective of a fund is to track the performance of an index that includes credit ratings eligibility criteria as part of its index methodology, the fund may purchase any security within the index, such security having been determined by the index provider as meeting its credit ratings eligibility criteria. The credit ratings practices of an index provider may differ from BlackRock’s practices, as described above. Further, the fund may invest, directly or indirectly, in securities that are not rated by a rating agency or securities with a credit rating that differs from the credit rating specified in its index methodology in various circumstances, including where a security is downgraded but not yet removed from an index, following the removal of a security from an index prior to its sale by the fund or as a result of a corporate action or restructuring affecting an issuer of a security held by the fund.
Fixed-income securities which are unrated may expose the investor to risks with respect to capacity to pay interest or repay principal which are similar to the risks of lower-rated speculative bonds. Evaluation of these securities is dependent on BlackRock’s judgment, analysis and experience in the evaluation of such securities.
Investors should note that the assignment of a rating to a security by an NRSRO may not reflect the effect of recent developments on the issuer’s ability to make interest and principal payments or on the likelihood of default.
Securities deemed to be high yield are rated below Baa3 by Moody’s and below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch.
A-1
The descriptions below relate to general long-term and short-term obligations of an issuer
A Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s (“Moody’s”) Global Rating Scales
Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Moody’s defines credit risk as the risk that an entity may not meet its contractual financial obligations as they come due and any estimated financial loss in the event of default or impairment. The contractual financial obligations addressed by Moody’s ratings are those that call for, without regard to enforceability, the payment of an ascertainable amount, which may vary based upon standard sources of variation (e.g., floating interest rates), by an ascertainable date. Moody’s rating addresses the issuer’s ability to obtain cash sufficient to service the obligation, and its willingness to pay. Moody’s ratings do not address non-standard sources of variation in the amount of the principal obligation (e.g., equity indexed), absent an express statement to the contrary in a press release accompanying an initial rating. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Short-term ratings are assigned for obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Moody’s issues ratings at the issuer level and instrument level on both the long-term scale and the short-term scale. Typically, ratings are made publicly available although private and unpublished ratings may also be assigned.
Moody’s differentiates structured finance ratings from fundamental ratings (i.e., ratings on nonfinancial corporate, financial institution, and public sector entities) on the global long-term scale by adding (sf) to all structured finance ratings. The addition of (sf) to structured finance ratings should eliminate any presumption that such ratings and fundamental ratings at the same letter grade level will behave the same. The (sf) indicator for structured finance security ratings indicates that otherwise similarly rated structured finance and fundamental securities may have different risk characteristics. Through its current methodologies, however, Moody’s aspires to achieve broad expected equivalence in structured finance and fundamental rating performance when measured over a long period of time.
Description of Moody’s Global Long-Term Rating Scale
Aaa | �� | Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk. |
Aa | Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk. | |
A | Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk. | |
Baa | Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics. | |
Ba | Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk. | |
B | Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk. | |
Caa | Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk. | |
Ca | Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest. | |
C | Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest. |
A-2
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.
By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.
Description of Moody’s Global Short-Term Rating Scale
P-1 | Ratings of Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations. | |
P-2 | Ratings of Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations. | |
P-3 | Ratings of Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations. | |
NP | Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories. |
Description of Moody’s U.S. Municipal Short-Term Debt and Demand Obligation Ratings
Description of Moody’s Short-Term Obligation Ratings
Moody’s uses the global short-term Prime rating scale for commercial paper issued by U.S. municipalities and nonprofits. These commercial paper programs may be backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities, or by an issuer’s self-liquidity.
For other short-term municipal obligations, Moody’s uses one of two other short-term rating scales, the Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and Variable Municipal Investment Grade (“VMIG”) scales discussed below.
Moody’s uses the MIG scale for U.S. municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less. Under certain circumstances, Moody’s uses the MIG scale for bond anticipation notes with maturities of up to five years.
MIG Scale
MIG 1 | This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing. | |
MIG 2 | This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group. | |
MIG 3 | This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established. | |
SG | This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection. |
A-3
Description of Moody’s Demand Obligation Ratings
In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned. The components are a long-term rating and a short-term demand obligation rating. The long-term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interest payments. The short-term demand obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to make payments associated with the purchase-price-upon-demand feature (“demand feature”) of the VRDO. The short-term demand obligation rating uses the VMIG scale. VMIG ratings with liquidity support use as an input the short-term Counterparty Risk Assessment of the support provider, or the long-term rating of the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.
Moody’s typically assigns the VMIG short-term demand obligation rating if the frequency of the demand feature is less than every three years. If the frequency of the demand feature is less than three years but the purchase price is payable only with remarketing proceeds, the short-term demand obligation rating is “NR”.
VMIG Scale
VMIG 1 | This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand. | |
VMIG 2 | This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand. | |
VMIG 3 | This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand. | |
SG | This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand. |
Description of S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”), a Division of S&P Global Inc., Issue Credit Ratings
An S&P issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term issue credit ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market, typically with an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Short-term issue credit ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. S&P would typically assign a long-term issue credit rating to an obligation with an original maturity of greater than 365 days. However, the ratings S&P assigns to certain instruments may diverge from these guidelines based on market practices. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
A-4
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations:
• | The likelihood of payment—the capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitments on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; |
• | The nature and provisions of the financial obligation, and the promise S&P imputes; and |
• | The protection afforded by, and relative position of, the financial obligation in the event of a bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights. |
An issue rating is an assessment of default risk but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings*
AAA | An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong. | |
AA | An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong. | |
A | An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong. | |
BBB | An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C | Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions. | |
BB | An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
B | An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
CCC | An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
CC | An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default. |
A-5
C | An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher. | |
D | An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring. |
* Ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
A-1 | A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong. | |
A-2 | A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory. | |
A-3 | A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
B | A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments. | |
C | A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
D | A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring. |
Description of S&P’s Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings
An S&P U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P’s analysis will review the following considerations:
• | Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and |
A-6
• | Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note. |
S&P’s municipal short-term note rating symbols are as follows:
SP-1 | Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation. | |
SP-2 | Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes. | |
SP-3 | Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest. | |
D | ‘D’ is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed debt restructuring, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. |
Description of Fitch Ratings’ (“Fitch’s”) Credit Ratings Scales
Fitch Ratings publishes opinions on a variety of scales. The most common of these are credit ratings, but the agency also publishes ratings, scores and other relative opinions relating to financial or operational strength. For example, Fitch also provides specialized ratings of servicers of residential and commercial mortgages, asset managers and funds. In each case, users should refer to the definitions of each individual scale for guidance on the dimensions of risk covered in each assessment.
Fitch’s credit ratings relating to issuers are an opinion on the relative ability of an entity to meet financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations. Credit ratings relating to securities and obligations of an issuer can include a recovery expectation. Credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving the money owed to them in accordance with the terms on which they invested. The agency’s credit ratings cover the global spectrum of corporate, sovereign financial, bank, insurance, and public finance entities (including supranational and sub-national entities) and the securities or other obligations they issue, as well as structured finance securities backed by receivables or other financial assets.
The terms “investment grade” and “speculative grade” have established themselves over time as shorthand to describe the categories ‘AAA’ to ‘BBB’ (investment grade) and ‘BB’ to ‘D’ (speculative grade). The terms investment grade and speculative grade are market conventions and do not imply any recommendation or endorsement of a specific security for investment purposes. Investment grade categories indicate relatively low to moderate credit risk, while ratings in the speculative categories either signal a higher level of credit risk or that a default has already occurred.
For the convenience of investors, Fitch may also include issues relating to a rated issuer that are not and have not been rated on its web page. Such issues are also denoted as ‘NR’.
Credit ratings express risk in relative rank order, which is to say they are ordinal measures of credit risk and are not predictive of a specific frequency of default or loss. For information about the historical performance of ratings please refer to Fitch’s Ratings Transition and Default studies which detail the historical default rates and their meaning. The European Securities and Markets Authority also maintains a central repository of historical default rates.
Fitch’s credit ratings do not directly address any risk other than credit risk. In particular, ratings do not deal with the risk of a market value loss on a rated security due to changes in interest rates, liquidity and other market considerations. However, in terms of payment obligation on the rated liability, market risk may be considered to the extent that it influences the ability of an issuer to pay upon a commitment.
A-7
Ratings nonetheless do not reflect market risk to the extent that they influence the size or other conditionality of the obligation to pay upon a commitment (for example, in the case of index-linked bonds).
In the default components of ratings assigned to individual obligations or instruments, the agency typically rates to the likelihood of non-payment or default in accordance with the terms of that instrument’s documentation. In limited cases, Fitch may include additional considerations (i.e. rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation).
The primary credit rating scales can be used to provide a rating of privately issued obligations or certain note issuance programs or for private ratings. In this case the rating is not published, but only provided to the issuer or its agents in the form of a rating letter.
The primary credit rating scales may also be used to provide ratings for a more narrow scope, including interest strips and return of principal or in other forms of opinions such as credit opinions or rating assessment services. Credit opinions are either a notch- or category-specific view using the primary rating scale and omit one or more characteristics of a full rating or meet them to a different standard. Credit opinions will be indicated using a lower case letter symbol combined with either an ‘*’ (e.g. ‘bbb+*’) or (cat) suffix to denote the opinion status. Credit opinions will be point-in-time typically but may be monitored if the analytical group believes information will be sufficiently available. Rating assessment services are a notch-specific view using the primary rating scale of how an existing or potential rating may be changed by a given set of hypothetical circumstances. While credit opinions and rating assessment services are point-in-time and are not monitored, they may have a directional watch or outlook assigned, which can signify the trajectory of the credit profile.
Description of Fitch’s Long-Term Corporate Finance Obligations Rating Scales
Ratings of individual securities or financial obligations of a corporate issuer address relative vulnerability to default on an ordinal scale. In addition, for financial obligations in corporate finance, a measure of recovery given default on that liability is also included in the rating assessment. This notably applies to covered bonds ratings, which incorporate both an indication of the probability of default and of the recovery given a default of this debt instrument. On the contrary, Ratings of debtor-in-possession (“DIP”) obligations incorporate the expectation of full repayment.
The relationship between the issuer scale and obligation scale assumes a generic historical average recovery. Individual obligations can be assigned ratings higher, lower, or the same as that entity’s issuer rating or issuer default rating (“IDR”), based on their relative ranking, relative vulnerability to default or based on explicit Recovery Ratings.
As a result, individual obligations of entities, such as corporations, are assigned ratings higher, lower, or the same as that entity’s issuer rating or IDR, except DIP obligation ratings that are not based off an IDR. At the lower end of the ratings scale, Fitch publishes explicit Recovery Ratings in many cases to complement issuer and obligation ratings.
Fitch long-term obligations rating scales are as follows:
AAA | Highest Credit Quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events. | |
AA | Very High Credit Quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events. |
A-8
A | High Credit Quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings. | |
BBB | Good Credit Quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. | |
BB | Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. | |
B | Highly Speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present. | |
CCC | Substantial Credit Risk. ‘CCC’ ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present. | |
CC | Very High Levels of Credit Risk. ‘CC’ ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk. | |
C | Exceptionally High Levels of Credit Risk. ‘C’ indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk. |
Within rating categories, Fitch may use modifiers. The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories.
For example, the rating category ‘AA’ has three notch-specific rating levels (‘AA+’; ‘AA’; ‘AA–’; each a rating level). Such suffixes are not added to ‘AAA’ ratings and ratings below the ‘CCC’ category. For the short-term rating category of ‘F1’, a ‘+’ may be appended.
Description of Fitch’s Short-Term Ratings Assigned to Issuers and Obligations
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
Fitch short-term ratings are as follows:
F1 | Highest Short-Term Credit Quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature. | |
F2 | Good Short-Term Credit Quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. | |
F3 | Fair Short-Term Credit Quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate. | |
B | Speculative Short-Term Credit Quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions. | |
C | High Short-Term Default Risk. Default is a real possibility. | |
RD | Restricted Default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only. | |
D | Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation. |
A-9
APPENDIX B
Closed-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy
Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Adviser |
Effective Date: August 1, 2021
Last Review Date: July 10, 2023
Applies to the following types of Funds registered under the 1940 Act:
☐ Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)
☐ Money Market Funds
☐ Exchange-Traded Funds
☒ Closed-End Funds
☐ Other
Objective and Scope
Set forth below is the Closed-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy.
Policy / Document Requirements and Statements
The Boards of Trustees/Directors (the “Directors”) of the closed-end funds advised by BlackRock Advisors, LLC (“BlackRock”) (the “Funds”) have the responsibility for the oversight of voting proxies relating to portfolio securities of the Funds, and have determined that it is in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders to delegate that responsibility to BlackRock as part of BlackRock’s authority to manage, acquire and dispose of account assets, all as contemplated by the Funds’ respective investment management agreements.
BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock. BlackRock will cast votes on behalf of each of the Funds on specific proxy issues in respect of securities held by each such Fund in accordance with the BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines; provided, however, that in the case of underlying closed-end funds (including business development companies and other similarly-situated asset pools) held by the Funds that have, or are proposing to adopt, a classified board structure, BlackRock will typically (a) vote in favor of proposals to adopt classification and against proposals to eliminate classification, and (b) not vote against directors as a result of their adoption of a classified board structure.
BlackRock will report on an annual basis to the Directors on (1) a summary of all proxy votes that BlackRock has made on behalf of the Funds in the preceding year together with a representation that all votes were in accordance with the BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines (as modified pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph), and (2) any changes to the BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines that have not previously been reported.
B-1
BlackRock Investment Stewardship
Global Principles
Effective as of January 2023
B-2
CONTENTS
B-4 | ||||
B-4 | ||||
B-5 | ||||
B-5 | ||||
B-8 | ||||
Capital structure, mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions | B-9 | |||
B-10 | ||||
B-10 | ||||
General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections | B-12 | |||
B-13 | ||||
BlackRock’s oversight of its investment stewardship activities | B-14 | |||
B-15 | ||||
B-16 | ||||
B-17 | ||||
B-17 | ||||
B-18 |
The purpose of this document is to provide an overarching explanation of BlackRock’s approach globally to our responsibilities as a shareholder on behalf of our clients, our expectations of companies, and our commitments to clients in terms of our own governance and transparency.
B-3
Introduction to BlackRock
BlackRock’s purpose is to help more and more people experience financial well-being. We manage assets on behalf of institutional and individual clients, across a full spectrum of investment strategies, asset classes, and regions. Our client base includes pension plans, endowments, foundations, charities, official institutions, insurers, and other financial institutions, as well as individuals around the world. As part of our fiduciary duty to our clients, we consider it one of our responsibilities to promote sound corporate governance, as an informed, engaged shareholder on their behalf. At BlackRock, this is the responsibility of the Investment Stewardship team.
Philosophy on investment stewardship
Companies are responsible for ensuring they have appropriate governance structures to serve the interests of shareholders and other key stakeholders. We believe that there are certain fundamental rights attached to shareholding. Companies and their boards should be accountable to shareholders and structured with appropriate checks and balances to ensure that they operate in shareholders’ best interests to create sustainable value. Shareholders should have the right to vote to elect, remove, and nominate directors, approve the appointment of the auditor, and amend the corporate charter or by-laws. Shareholders should be able to vote on key board decisions that are material to the protection of their investment, including but not limited to, changes to the purpose of the business, dilution levels and pre-emptive rights, and the distribution of income and capital structure. In order to make informed decisions, shareholders need sufficient and timely information. In addition, shareholder voting rights should be proportionate to their economic ownership—the principle of “one share, one vote” helps achieve this balance.
Consistent with these shareholder rights, BlackRock has a responsibility to monitor and provide feedback to companies in our role as stewards of our clients’ investments. Investment stewardship is how we use our voice as an investor to promote sound corporate governance and business practices to help maximize long-term shareholder value for our clients, the vast majority of whom are investing for long-term goals such as retirement. BlackRock Investment Stewardship (BIS) does this through engagement with management teams and/or board members on material business issues and, for those clients who have given us authority, through voting proxies in their best long-term financial interests.1 We also contribute to consultations on public policy and private sector initiatives on industry standards, consistent with our clients’ interests as long-term shareholders.
BlackRock looks to companies to provide timely, accurate, and comprehensive disclosure on all material governance and business matters. This transparency allows shareholders to appropriately understand and assess how relevant risks and opportunities are being effectively identified and managed. Where company reporting and disclosure is inadequate or where the governance approach taken may be inconsistent with durable, long-term value creation for shareholders, we will engage with a company and/or vote in a manner that advances long-term shareholders’ interests.
BlackRock views engagement as an important activity; engagement provides us with the opportunity to improve our understanding of the business and of the risks and opportunities that are material to the companies in which our clients invest. Engagement may also inform our voting decisions. As long-term investors on behalf of clients, we seek to have regular and continuing dialogue with executives and board directors to advance sound governance and durable business practices aligned with long-term value creation, as well as to understand the effectiveness of the company’s management and oversight of material issues. Engagement is an important mechanism for providing feedback on company practices and disclosures, particularly where we believe they
1 Through BlackRock Voting Choice we have, since January 2022, made proxy voting easier and more accessible for investors in separate accounts and certain pooled vehicles. As a result, the shares attributed to BlackRock in company share registers may be voted differently depending on whether our clients have authorized BIS to vote on their behalf, have authorized BIS to vote in accordance with a third party policy, or have elected to vote shares in accordance with their own policy. We are not able to disclose which clients have opted to exercise greater control over their voting, nor are we able to disclose which proxy voting policies they have selected.
B-4
could be enhanced to support a company’s ability to deliver financial performance. Similarly, it provides us with an opportunity to hear directly from company boards and management on how they believe their actions are aligned with durable, long-term value creation.
We generally vote in support of management and boards that exhibit an approach to decision-making that is consistent with creating durable, long-term value for shareholders. If we have concerns about a company’s approach, we may choose to explain our expectations to the company’s board and management. Following that engagement, we may signal through our voting that we have outstanding concerns, generally by voting against the re-election of directors we view as having responsibility for an issue. We apply our regional proxy voting guidelines to achieve the outcome that is most aligned with our clients’ long-term financial interests.
Key themes
We recognize that accepted standards and norms of corporate governance can differ between markets. However, in our experience, there are certain fundamental elements of governance practice that are intrinsic globally to a company’s ability to create long-term value for shareholders. These global themes are set out in this overarching set of principles (the Principles), which are anchored in transparency and accountability. At a minimum, it is our view that companies should observe the accepted corporate governance standards in their domestic market and ask that, if they do not, they explain how their approach better supports durable, long-term value creation.
These Principles cover seven key themes:
• | Boards and directors |
• | Auditors and audit-related issues |
• | Capital structure, mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions |
• | Compensation and benefits |
• | Material sustainability-related risks and opportunities |
• | Other corporate governance matters and shareholder protections |
• | Shareholder proposals |
Our regional and market-specific voting guidelines explain how these Principles inform our voting decisions in relation to specific ballot items for shareholder meetings.
Boards and directors
Our primary focus is on the performance of the board of directors to promote sound corporate governance. The performance of the board is critical to the economic success of the company and the protection of shareholders’ interests. As part of their responsibilities, board members owe fiduciary duties to shareholders in overseeing the strategic direction and operation of the company. For this reason, BIS sees engaging with and the election of directors as one of our most important and impactful responsibilities.
B-5
We support boards whose approach is consistent with creating durable, long-term value. This includes the effective corporate governance and management of material sustainability-related risks and opportunities,2 as well as the consideration of the company’s key constituents including their employees, clients, suppliers, and the communities within which they operate. The board should establish and maintain a framework of robust and effective governance mechanisms to support its oversight of the company’s strategic aims. We look to the board to articulate the effectiveness of these mechanisms in overseeing the management of business risks and opportunities and the fulfillment of the company’s purpose. Disclosure of all material issues that affect the company’s long-term strategy and ability to create value is essential for shareholders to be able to appropriately understand and assess how risks are effectively identified, managed and mitigated.
Where a company has not adequately disclosed and demonstrated that they have fulfilled these responsibilities, we will consider voting against the re-election of directors whom we consider to have particular responsibility for the issue. We assess director performance on a case-by-case basis and in light of each company’s circumstances, taking into consideration our assessment of their governance, business practices that support durable, long-term value creation, and performance. In serving the interests of shareholders, the responsibility of the board of directors includes, but is not limited to, the following:
• | Establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure |
• | Supporting and overseeing management in setting long-term strategic goals and applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and taking steps to address anticipated or actual obstacles to success |
• | Providing oversight on the identification and management of material governance and sustainability- related risks |
• | Overseeing the financial resilience of the company, the integrity of financial statements, and the robustness of a company’s Enterprise Risk Management3 framework |
• | Making decisions on matters that require independent evaluation, which may include mergers, acquisitions and dispositions, activist situations or other similar cases |
• | Establishing appropriate executive compensation structures |
• | Monitoring business issues including material sustainability-related risks and opportunities, that have the potential to significantly impact the company’s long-term value |
There should be clear descriptions of the role of the board and the committees of the board and how they engage with and oversee management. Set out below are ways in which boards and directors can demonstrate a commitment to acting in the best long-term economic interests of all shareholders.
We will seek to engage with the appropriate directors where we have concerns about the performance of the company, board, or individual directors and may signal outstanding concerns in our voting. While we consider
2 By material sustainability-related risks and opportunities, we mean the drivers of risk and value creation in a company’s business model that have an environmental or social dependency or impact. Examples of environmental issues include, but are not limited to, water use, land use, waste management and climate risk. Examples of social issues include, but are not limited to, human capital management, impacts on the communities in which a company operates, customer loyalty and relationships with regulators. It is our view that well-managed companies will effectively evaluate and manage material sustainability-related risks and opportunities relevant to their businesses. Governance is the core means by which boards can oversee the creation of durable, long-term value. Appropriate risk oversight of business-relevant and material sustainability-related considerations is a component of a sound governance framework.
3 Enterprise risk management is a process, effected by the entity’s board of directors, management, and other personnel, applied in strategy setting and across the enterprise, designed to identify potential events that may affect the entity, and manage risk to be within the risk appetite, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the achievement of objectives. (Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), Enterprise Risk Management — Integrated Framework, September 2004, New York, NY).
B-6
these principles to be globally relevant, when assessing a board’s composition and governance processes, we consider local market norms and regulations.
Regular accountability
It is our view that directors should stand for re-election on a regular basis, ideally annually. In our experience, annual re-elections allow shareholders to reaffirm their support for board members or hold them accountable for their decisions in a timely manner. When board members are not re-elected annually, in our experience, it is good practice for boards to have a rotation policy to ensure that, through a board cycle, all directors have had their appointment re-confirmed, with a proportion of directors being put forward for re-election at each annual general meeting.
Effective board composition
Regular director elections also give boards the opportunity to adjust their composition in an orderly way to reflect the evolution of the company’s strategy and the market environment. In our view, it is beneficial for new directors to be brought onto the board periodically to refresh the group’s thinking and in a manner that supports both continuity and appropriate succession planning. We consider the average overall tenure of the board, where we are seeking a balance between the knowledge and experience of longer-serving members and the fresh perspectives of newer members. We encourage companies to keep under regular review the effectiveness of their board (including its size), and assess directors nominated for election or re-election in the context of the composition of the board as a whole. This assessment should consider a number of factors, including the potential need to address gaps in skills, experience, independence, and diversity.
In our view, there should be a sufficient number of independent directors, free from conflicts of interest or undue influence from connected parties, to ensure objectivity in the decision-making of the board and its ability to oversee management. Common impediments to independence may include but are not limited to:
• | Current or recent employment at the company or a subsidiary |
• | Being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company |
• | Interlocking directorships |
• | Having any other interest, business, or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with a director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company and their shareholders |
In our experience, boards are most effective at overseeing and advising management when there is a senior independent board leader. This director may chair the board, or, where the chair is also the CEO (or is otherwise not independent), be designated as a lead independent director. The role of this director is to enhance the effectiveness of the independent members of the board through shaping the agenda, ensuring adequate information is provided to the board, and encouraging independent director participation in board deliberations. The lead independent director or another appropriate director should be available to shareholders in those situations where an independent director is best placed to explain and contextualize a company’s approach.
When nominating new directors to the board, we look to companies to provide sufficient information on the individual candidates so that shareholders can assess the suitability of each individual nominee and the overall board composition. These disclosures should give an understanding of how the collective experience and expertise of the board aligns with the company’s long-term strategy and business model. Highly qualified, engaged directors with professional characteristics relevant to a company’s business enhance the ability of the board to add value and be the voice of shareholders in board discussions. In our view, a strong board provides a competitive advantage to a company, providing valuable oversight and contributing to the most important management decisions that support long-term financial performance.
B-7
It is in this context that we are interested in diversity in the board room. We see it as a means to promoting diversity of thought and avoiding “group think” in the board’s exercise of its responsibilities to advise and oversee management. It allows boards to have deeper discussions and make more resilient decisions. We ask boards to disclose how diversity is considered in board composition, including professional characteristics, such as a director’s industry experience, specialist areas of expertise and geographic location; as well as demographic characteristics such as gender, race/ethnicity and age.
We look to understand a board’s diversity in the context of a company’s domicile, market capitalization, business model and strategy. Increasingly, we see leading boards adding members whose experience deepens the board’s understanding of the company’s customers, employees and communities. Self-identified board demographic diversity can usefully be disclosed in aggregate, consistent with local law. We believe boards should aspire to meaningful diversity of membership, at least consistent with local regulatory requirements and best practices, while recognizing that building a strong, diverse board can take time.
This position is based on our view that diversity of perspective and thought – in the board room, in the management team and throughout the company – leads to better long term economic outcomes for companies. Academic research already reveals correlations between specific dimensions of diversity and effects on decision-making processes and outcomes.4 In our experience, greater diversity in the board room contributes to more robust discussions and more innovative and resilient decisions. Over time, greater diversity in the board room can also promote greater diversity and resilience in the leadership team, and the workforce more broadly. That diversity can enable companies to develop businesses that more closely reflect and resonate with the customers and communities they serve.
There are matters for which the board has responsibility that may involve a conflict of interest for executives or for affiliated directors. It is our view that objective oversight of such matters is best achieved when the board forms committees comprised entirely of independent directors. In many markets, these committees of the board specialize in audit, director nominations, and compensation matters. An ad hoc committee might also be formed to decide on a special transaction, particularly one involving a related party, or to investigate a significant adverse event.
Sufficient capacity
As the role and expectations of a director are increasingly demanding, directors must be able to commit an appropriate amount of time to board and committee matters. It is important that directors have the capacity to meet all of their responsibilities – including when there are unforeseen events – and therefore, they should not take on an excessive number of roles that would impair their ability to fulfill their duties.
Auditors and audit-related issues
BlackRock recognizes the critical importance of financial statements, which should provide a true and fair picture of a company’s financial condition. Accordingly, the assumptions made by management and reviewed by the auditor in preparing the financial statements should be reasonable and justified.
The accuracy of financial statements, inclusive of financial and non-financial information as required or permitted under market-specific accounting rules, is of paramount importance to BlackRock. Investors increasingly recognize that a broader range of risks and opportunities have the potential to materially impact financial performance. Over time, we anticipate investors and other users of company reporting will increasingly seek to understand and scrutinize the assumptions underlying financial statements, particularly those that pertain
4 For a discussion on the different impacts of diversity see: McKinsey, “Diversity Wins: How Inclusion Matters”, May 2022; Harvard Business Review, Diverse Teams Feel Less Comfortable – and That’s Why They Perform Better, September 2016; “Do Diverse Directors Influence DEI Outcomes”, September 2022 McKinsey, “Diversity Wins: How Inclusion Matters”, May 2022; Harvard Business Review, Diverse Teams Feel Less Comfortable – and That’s Why They Perform Better, September 2016; “Do Diverse Directors Influence DEI Outcomes“, September 2022
B-8
to the impact of the transition to a low carbon economy on a company’s business model and asset mix. We recognize that this is an area of evolving practice and we look to international standards setters, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and the International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board (IAASB) to provide additional guidance to companies.
In this context, audit committees, or equivalent, play a vital role in a company’s financial reporting system by providing independent oversight of the accounts, material financial and, where appropriate to the jurisdiction, non-financial information, internal control frameworks, and in the absence of a dedicated risk committee, Enterprise Risk Management systems. In our view, effective audit committee oversight strengthens the quality and reliability of a company’s financial statements and provides an important level of reassurance to shareholders.
We hold members of the audit committee or equivalent responsible for overseeing the management of the audit function. Audit committees or equivalent should have clearly articulated charters that set out their responsibilities and have a rotation plan in place that allows for a periodic refreshment of the committee membership to introduce fresh perspectives to audit oversight. We recognize that audit committees will rely on management, internal audit and the independent auditor in fulfilling their responsibilities but look to committee members to demonstrate they have relevant expertise to monitor and oversee those functions.
We take particular note of unexplained changes in reporting methodology, cases involving significant financial restatements, or ad hoc notifications of material financial weakness. In this respect, audit committees should provide timely disclosure on the remediation of Key and Critical Audit Matters identified either by the external auditor or internal audit function.
The integrity of financial statements depends on the auditor being free of any impediments to being an effective check on management. To that end, it is important that auditors are, and are seen to be, independent. Where an audit firm provides services to the company in addition to the audit, the fees earned should be disclosed and explained. Audit committees should have in place a procedure for assessing annually the independence of the auditor and the quality of the external audit process.
Comprehensive disclosure provides investors with a sense of the company’s long-term operational risk management practices and, more broadly, the quality of the board’s oversight. The audit committee or equivalent, or a dedicated risk committee, should periodically review the company’s risk assessment and risk management policies and the significant risks and exposures identified by management, the internal auditors or the independent accountants, and management’s steps to address them. In the absence of robust disclosures, we may reasonably conclude that companies are not adequately managing risk.
Capital structure, mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
The capital structure of a company is critical to shareholders as it impacts the value of their investment and the priority of their interest in the company relative to that of other equity or debt investors. Pre-emptive rights are a key protection for shareholders against the dilution of their interests.
Effective voting rights are basic rights of share ownership. It is our view that one vote for one share as a guiding principle supports effective corporate governance. Shareholders, as the residual claimants, have the strongest interest in protecting company value, and voting rights should match economic exposure.
In principle, we disagree with the creation of a share class with equivalent economic exposure and preferential, differentiated voting rights. In our view, this structure violates the fundamental corporate governance principle of proportionality and results in a concentration of power in the hands of a few shareholders, thus disenfranchising other shareholders and amplifying any potential conflicts of interest. However, we recognize that in certain markets, at least for a period of time, companies may have a valid argument for listing dual classes of shares with differentiated voting rights. In our view, such companies should review these share class structures on a regular basis or as company circumstances change.
B-9
Additionally, they should seek shareholder approval of their capital structure on a periodic basis via a management proposal at the company’s shareholder meeting. The proposal should give unaffiliated shareholders the opportunity to affirm the current structure or establish mechanisms to end or phase out controlling structures at the appropriate time, while minimizing costs to shareholders.
In assessing mergers, asset sales, or other special transactions, BlackRock’s primary consideration is the long-term economic interests of our clients as shareholders. Boards proposing a transaction need to clearly explain the economic and strategic rationale behind it. We will review a proposed transaction to determine the degree to which it can enhance long-term shareholder value. We would prefer that proposed transactions have the unanimous support of the board and have been negotiated at arm’s length. We may seek reassurance from the board that executives’ and/or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction have not adversely affected their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own. Where the transaction involves related parties, the recommendation to support should come from the independent directors, a best practice in most markets, and ideally, the terms should have been assessed through an independent appraisal process. In addition, it is good practice that it be approved by a separate vote of the non-conflicted parties.
As a matter of sound governance practice, shareholders should have a right to dispose of company shares in the open market without unnecessary restriction. In our view, corporate mechanisms designed to limit shareholders’ ability to sell their shares are contrary to basic property rights. Such mechanisms can serve to protect and entrench interests other than those of the shareholders. In our experience, shareholders are broadly capable of making decisions in their own best interests. We encourage any so-called “shareholder rights plans” proposed by a board to be subject to shareholder approval upon introduction and periodically thereafter.
Compensation and benefits
In most markets, one of the most important roles for a company’s board of directors is to put in place a compensation structure that incentivizes and rewards executives appropriately. There should be a clear link between variable pay and operational and financial performance. Performance metrics should be stretching and aligned with a company’s strategy and business model. BIS does not have a position on the use of sustainability-related criteria, but in our view, where companies choose to include them, they should be as rigorous as other financial or operational targets. Long-term incentive plans should vest over timeframes aligned with the delivery of long-term shareholder value. Compensation committees should guard against contractual arrangements that would entitle executives to material compensation for early termination of their employment. Finally, pension contributions and other deferred compensation arrangements should be reasonable in light of market practice.
We are not supportive of one-off or special bonuses unrelated to company or individual performance. Where discretion has been used by the compensation committee or its equivalent, we expect disclosure relating to how and why the discretion was used, and how the adjusted outcome is aligned with the interests of shareholders. We acknowledge that the use of peer group evaluation by compensation committees can help ensure competitive pay; however, we are concerned when the rationale for increases in total compensation at a company is solely based on peer benchmarking rather than a rigorous measure of outperformance. We encourage companies to clearly explain how compensation outcomes have rewarded outperformance against peer firms.
We believe consideration should be given to building claw back provisions into incentive plans such that executives would be required to forgo rewards when they are not justified by actual performance and/or when compensation was based on faulty financial reporting or deceptive business practices. We also favor recoupment from any senior executive whose behavior caused material financial harm to shareholders, material reputational risk to the company, or resulted in a criminal investigation, even if such actions did not ultimately result in a material restatement of past results.
Non-executive directors should be compensated in a manner that is commensurate with the time and effort expended in fulfilling their professional responsibilities. Additionally, these compensation arrangements should not risk compromising directors’ independence or aligning their interests too closely with those of the management, whom they are charged with overseeing.
B-10
We use third party research, in addition to our own analysis, to evaluate existing and proposed compensation structures. We may vote against members of the compensation committee or equivalent board members for poor compensation practices or structures.
Material sustainability-related risks and opportunities
It is our view that well-managed companies will effectively evaluate and manage material sustainability-related risks and opportunities relevant to their businesses. Appropriate oversight of sustainability considerations is a core component of having an effective governance framework, which supports durable, long-term value creation.
Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively evaluate companies’ strategy and business practices related to material sustainability-related risks and opportunities. Given the increased understanding of material sustainability-related risks and opportunities and the need for better information to assess them, BlackRock advocates for continued improvement in companies’ reporting, where necessary, and will express any concerns through our voting where a company’s actions or disclosures are inadequate.
BlackRock encourages companies to use the framework developed by the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) to disclose their approach to ensuring they have a sustainable business model and to supplement that disclosure with industry-specific metrics such as those identified by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB), now part of the International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) under the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) Foundation.5 While the TCFD framework was developed to support climate-related risk disclosure, the four pillars of the TCFD governance, strategy, risk management, and metrics and targets are a useful way for companies to disclose how they identify, assess, manage, and oversee a variety of sustainability-related risks and opportunities. SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) is beneficial in helping companies identify key performance indicators (KPIs) across various dimensions of sustainability that are considered to be financially material and decision-useful within their industry. In particular, we encourage companies to consider reporting on nature-related factors, given the growing materiality of these issues for many businesses.6 We recognize that some companies may report using different standards, which may be required by regulation, or one of a number of voluntary standards. In such cases, we ask that companies highlight the metrics that are industry- or company-specific.
Climate and other sustainability-related disclosures often require companies to collect and aggregate data from various internal and external sources. We recognize that the practical realities of data-collection and reporting may not line up with financial reporting cycles and companies may require additional time after their fiscal year-end to accurately collect, analyze and report this data to investors. To give investors time to assess the data, we encourage companies to produce climate and other sustainability-related disclosures sufficiently in advance of their annual meeting.
Companies may also adopt or refer to guidance on sustainable and responsible business conduct issued by supranational organizations such as the United Nations or the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development. Further, industry initiatives on managing specific operational risks may provide useful guidance to companies on best practices and disclosures. Companies should disclose any relevant global climate and other sustainability-related standards adopted, the industry initiatives in which they participate, any peer group benchmarking undertaken, and any assurance processes to help investors understand their approach to sustainable and responsible business practices.
5 The International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) Foundation announced in November 2021 the formation of an International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) to develop a comprehensive global baseline of high-quality sustainability disclosure standards to meet investors’ information needs. SASB standards will over time be adapted to ISSB standards but are the reference reporting tool in the meantime.
6 While guidance is still under development for a unified disclosure framework related to natural capital, the emerging recommendations of the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD), may prove useful to some companies.
B-11
Climate risk
It is our view that climate change has become a key factor in many companies’ long-term prospects. As such, as long-term investors we are interested in understanding how companies may be impacted by material climate-related risks and opportunities—just as we seek to understand other business-relevant risks and opportunities - and how these factors are considered within strategy in a manner consistent with the company’s business model and sector. Specifically, we look for companies to disclose strategies they have in place that mitigate and are resilient to any material risks to their long-term business model associated with a range of climate-related scenarios, including a scenario in which global warming is limited to well below 2°C, considering global ambitions to achieve a limit of 1.5°C.7 It is, of course, up to each company to define their own strategy: that is not the role of BlackRock or other investors.
BIS recognizes that climate change can be challenging for many companies, as they seek to drive long-term value by mitigating risks and capturing opportunities. A growing number of companies, financial institutions, as well as governments, have committed to advancing decarbonization in line with the Paris Agreement. There is growing consensus that companies can benefit from the more favorable macro-economic environment under an orderly, timely and equitable global energy transition.8 Yet the path ahead is deeply uncertain and uneven, with different parts of the economy moving at different speeds.9 Many companies are asking what their role should be in contributing to an orderly and equitable transition – in ensuring a reliable energy supply and energy security, and in protecting the most vulnerable from energy price shocks and economic dislocation. In this context, we encourage companies to include in their disclosure a business plan for how they intend to deliver long-term financial performance through a transition to global net zero carbon emissions, consistent with their business model and sector.
We look to companies to disclose short-, medium- and long-term targets, ideally science-based targets where these are available for their sector, for Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) reductions and to demonstrate how their targets are consistent with the long-term economic interests of their shareholders. Many companies have an opportunity to use and contribute to the development of low carbon energy sources and technologies that will be essential to decarbonizing the global economy over time. We also recognize that continued investment in traditional energy sources, including oil and gas, is required to maintain an orderly and equitable transition — and that divestiture of carbon-intensive assets is unlikely to contribute to global emissions reductions. We encourage companies to disclose how their capital allocation to various energy sources is consistent with their strategy.
At this stage, we view Scope 3 emissions differently from Scopes 1 and 2, given methodological complexity, regulatory uncertainty, concerns about double-counting, and lack of direct control by companies. While we welcome any disclosures and commitments companies choose to make regarding Scope 3 emissions, we recognize these are provided on a good-faith basis as methodology develops. Our publicly available commentary provides more information on our approach to climate risk.
Key stakeholder interests
In order to advance long-term shareholders’ interests, companies should consider the interests of the various parties on whom they depend for their success over time. It is for each company to determine their key
7 The global aspiration to achieve a net-zero global economy by 2050 is reflective of aggregated efforts; governments representing over 90% of GDP have committed to move to net-zero over the coming decades. In determining how to vote on behalf of clients who have authorized us to do so, we look to companies only to address issues within their control and do not anticipate that they will address matters that are the domain of public policy.
8 For example, BlackRock’s Capital Markets Assumptions anticipate 25 points of cumulative economic gains over a 20-year period in an orderly transition as compared to the alternative. This better macro environment will support better economic growth, financial stability, job growth, productivity, as well as ecosystem stability and health outcomes.
9 BlackRock, “Managing the net-zero transition”, February 2022.
B-12
stakeholders based on what is material to their business and long-term financial performance. Most commonly, key stakeholders include employees, business partners (such as suppliers and distributors), clients and consumers, regulators, and the communities in which they operate.
Considering the interests of key stakeholders recognizes the collective nature of long-term value creation and the extent to which each company’s prospects for growth are tied to its ability to foster strong sustainable relationships with and support from those stakeholders. Companies should articulate how they address adverse impacts that could arise from their business practices and affect critical business relationships with their stakeholders. We encourage companies to implement, to the extent appropriate, monitoring processes (often referred to as due diligence) to identify and mitigate potential adverse impacts and grievance mechanisms to remediate any actual adverse material impacts. In our view, maintaining trust within these relationships can contribute to a company’s long-term success.
As a long-term shareholder on behalf of our clients, we find it helpful when companies disclose how they have identified their key stakeholders and considered their interests in business decision-making. We are also interested to understand the role of the board, which is well positioned to ensure that the approach taken is informed by and aligns with the company’s strategy and purpose.
Other corporate governance matters and shareholder protections
It is our view that shareholders have a right to material and timely information on the financial performance and viability of the companies in which they invest. In addition, companies should publish information on the governance structures in place and the rights of shareholders to influence these structures. The reporting and disclosure provided by companies help shareholders assess whether their economic interests have been protected and the quality of the board’s oversight of management. We believe shareholders should have the right to vote on key corporate governance matters, including changes to governance mechanisms, to submit proposals to the shareholders’ meeting, and to call special meetings of shareholders.
Corporate Form
In our view, it is the responsibility of the board to determine the corporate form that is most appropriate given the company’s purpose and business model.10 Companies proposing to change their corporate form to a public benefit corporation or similar entity should put it to a shareholder vote if not already required to do so under applicable law. Supporting documentation from companies or shareholder proponents proposing to alter the corporate form should clearly articulate how the interests of shareholders and different stakeholders would be impacted as well as the accountability and voting mechanisms that would be available to shareholders. As a fiduciary on behalf of clients, we generally support management proposals if our analysis indicates that shareholders’ interests are adequately protected. Relevant shareholder proposals are evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
Shareholder proposals
In most markets in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients, shareholders have the right to submit proposals to be voted on by shareholders at a company’s annual or extraordinary meeting, as long as eligibility and procedural requirements are met. The matters that we see put forward by shareholders address a wide range of topics, including governance reforms, capital management, and improvements in the management or disclosure of sustainability-related risks.
BlackRock is subject to certain requirements under antitrust law in the United States that place restrictions and limitations on how BlackRock can interact with the companies in which we invest on behalf of our clients, including our ability to submit shareholder proposals. As noted above, we can vote, on behalf of clients who authorize us to do so, on proposals put forth by others.
10 Corporate form refers to the legal structure by which a business is organized.
B-13
When assessing shareholder proposals, we evaluate each proposal on its merit, with a singular focus on its implications for long-term value creation. We consider the business and economic relevance of the issue raised, as well as its materiality and the urgency with which we believe it should be addressed. We take into consideration the legal effect of the proposal, as shareholder proposals may be advisory or legally binding depending on the jurisdiction. We would not support proposals that we believe would result in over-reaching into the basic business decisions of the company.
Where a proposal is focused on a material governance or sustainability-related risk that we agree needs to be addressed and the intended outcome is consistent with long-term value creation, we will look to the board and management to demonstrate that the company has met the intent of the request made in the shareholder proposal. Where our analysis and/or engagement indicate an opportunity for improvement in the company’s approach to the issue, we may support shareholder proposals that are reasonable and not unduly prescriptive or constraining on management. Alternatively, or in addition, we may vote against the re-election of one or more directors if, in our assessment, the board has not responded sufficiently or with an appropriate sense of urgency. While we may not agree with all aspects of a shareholder proponent’s views or all facets of the proponent’s supporting statement, we may still support proposals that address material governance or sustainability-related risks where we believe it would be helpful for shareholders to have more detailed information on how those risks are identified, monitored, and managed to support a company’s ability to deliver long-term financial returns. We may also support a proposal if management is on track, but we believe that voting in favor might accelerate progress.
BlackRock’s oversight of its investment stewardship activities
Oversight
BlackRock maintains three regional advisory committees (Stewardship Advisory Committees) for a) the Americas; b) Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA); and c) Asia-Pacific, generally consisting of senior BlackRock investment professionals and/or senior employees with practical boardroom experience. The regional Stewardship Advisory Committees review and advise on amendments to BIS proxy voting guidelines covering markets within each respective region (Guidelines). The advisory committees do not determine voting decisions, which are the responsibility of BIS.
In addition to the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees, the Investment Stewardship Global Oversight Committee (Global Committee) is a risk-focused committee, comprised of senior representatives from various BlackRock investment teams, a senior legal representative, the Global Head of Investment Stewardship (Global Head), and other senior executives with relevant experience and team oversight. The Global Oversight Committee does not determine voting decisions, which are the responsibility of BIS.
The Global Head has primary oversight of the activities of BIS, including voting in accordance with the Guidelines, which require the application of professional judgment and consideration of each company’s unique circumstances. The Global Committee reviews and approves amendments to these Principles. The Global Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.
In addition, the Global Committee receives and reviews periodic reports regarding the votes cast by BIS, as well as updates on material process issues, procedural changes, and other risk oversight considerations. The Global Committee reviews these reports in an oversight capacity as informed by the BIS corporate governance engagement program and the Guidelines.
BIS carries out engagement with companies, monitors and executes proxy votes, and conducts vote operations (including maintaining records of votes cast) in a manner consistent with the relevant Guidelines. BIS also conducts research on corporate governance issues and participates in industry discussions to contribute to and
B-14
keep abreast of important developments in the corporate governance field. BIS may utilize third parties for certain of the foregoing activities and performs oversight of those third parties. BIS may raise complicated or particularly controversial matters for internal discussion with the relevant investment teams and governance specialists for discussion and guidance prior to making a voting decision.
Vote execution
BlackRock votes on proxy issues when our clients authorize us to do so. We offer certain clients who prefer their holdings to be voted consistent with specific values or views Voting Choice.11 When BlackRock votes on behalf of our clients, we carefully consider proxies submitted to funds and other fiduciary account(s) (Fund or Funds) for which we have voting authority. BlackRock votes (or refrains from voting) proxies for each Fund for which we have voting authority based on our evaluation of the best long-term economic interests of our clients as shareholders, in the exercise of our independent business judgment, and without regard to the relationship of the issuer of the proxy (or any shareholder proponent or dissident shareholder) to the Fund, the Fund’s affiliates (if any), BlackRock or BlackRock’s affiliates, or BlackRock employees (see “Conflicts management policies and procedures”, below).
When exercising voting rights, BlackRock will normally vote on specific proxy issues in accordance with the Guidelines for the relevant market. The Guidelines are reviewed annually and are amended consistent with changes in the local market practice, as developments in corporate governance occur, or as otherwise deemed advisable by the applicable Stewardship Advisory Committees. BIS analysts may, in the exercise of their professional judgment, conclude that the Guidelines do not cover the specific matter upon which a proxy vote is required or that an exception to the Guidelines would be in the best long-term economic interests of BlackRock’s clients.
In the uncommon circumstance of there being a vote with respect to fixed income securities or the securities of privately held issuers, the decision generally will be made by a Fund’s portfolio managers and/or BIS based on their assessment of the particular transactions or other matters at issue.
In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include, but are not limited to: i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; iv) “share-blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; vi) regulatory constraints; and vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.
As a consequence, BlackRock votes proxies in these situations on a “best-efforts” basis. In addition, BIS may determine that it is generally in the best interests of BlackRock’s clients not to vote proxies (or not to vote our full allocation) if the costs (including but not limited to opportunity costs associated with share-blocking constraints) associated with exercising a vote are expected to outweigh the benefit the client would derive by voting on the proposal.
Portfolio managers have full discretion to vote the shares in the Funds they manage based on their analysis of the economic impact of a particular ballot item on their investors. Portfolio managers may, from time to time, reach differing views on how best to maximize economic value with respect to a particular investment. Therefore, portfolio managers may, and sometimes do, vote shares in the Funds under their management differently from BIS or from one another. However, because BlackRock’s clients are mostly long-term investors with long-term economic goals, ballots are frequently cast in a uniform manner.
11 To learn more visit https://www.blackrock.com/corporate/about-us/investment-stewardship/blackrock-voting-choice
B-15
Conflicts management policies and procedures
BIS maintains policies and procedures that seek to prevent undue influence on BlackRock’s proxy voting activity. Such influence might stem from any relationship between the investee company (or any shareholder proponent or dissident shareholder) and BlackRock, BlackRock’s affiliates, a Fund or a Fund’s affiliates, or BlackRock employees. The following are examples of sources of perceived or potential conflicts of interest:
• | BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions |
• | BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions |
• | BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock |
• | Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock |
• | Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock |
• | BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives or directors of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock |
BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:
• | Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to advance our clients’ interests in the companies in which BlackRock invests on their behalf |
• | Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management, or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including, but not limited to, our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management, or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met |
• | Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent third party voting service provider to make proxy voting recommendations as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the voting service provider provides BlackRock with recommendations, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies. BlackRock uses an independent voting service provider to make proxy voting recommendations for shares of BlackRock, Inc. and companies affiliated with BlackRock, Inc. BlackRock may also use an independent voting service provider to make proxy voting recommendations for: |
○ | public companies that include BlackRock employees on their boards of directors |
○ | public companies of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive or a member of the board of directors |
B-16
○ | public companies that are the subject of certain transactions involving BlackRock Funds |
○ | public companies that are joint venture partners with BlackRock, and |
○ | public companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent voting service provider |
In selecting a voting service provider, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and make recommendations in the best economic interest of our clients in accordance with the Guidelines, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned recommendations in a timely manner. We may engage more than one voting service provider, in part to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at a single voting service provider. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the voting service providers, generally on an annual basis.
Securities lending
When so authorized, BlackRock acts as a securities lending agent on behalf of Funds. Securities lending is a well-regulated practice that contributes to capital market efficiency. It also enables funds to generate additional returns for a fund, while allowing fund providers to keep fund expenses lower.
With regard to the relationship between securities lending and proxy voting, BlackRock’s approach is informed by our fiduciary responsibility to act in our clients’ best interests. In most cases, BlackRock anticipates that the potential long-term value to the Fund of voting shares would be less than the potential revenue the loan may provide the Fund. However, in certain instances, BlackRock may determine, in its independent business judgment as a fiduciary, that the value of voting outweighs the securities lending revenue loss to clients and would therefore recall shares to be voted in those instances.
The decision to recall securities on loan as part of BlackRock’s securities lending program in order to vote is based on an evaluation of various factors that include, but are not limited to, assessing potential securities lending revenue alongside the potential long-term value to clients of voting those securities (based on the information available at the time of recall consideration).12 BIS works with colleagues in the Securities Lending and Risk and Quantitative Analysis teams to evaluate the costs and benefits to clients of recalling shares on loan.
Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.
Voting guidelines
The issue-specific Guidelines published for each region/country in which we vote are intended to summarize BlackRock’s general philosophy and approach to issues that may commonly arise in the proxy voting context in each market where we invest. The Guidelines are not intended to be exhaustive. BIS applies the Guidelines on a case-by-case basis, in the context of the individual circumstances of each company and the specific issue under review. As such, the Guidelines do not indicate how BIS will vote in every instance. Rather, they reflect our view about corporate governance issues generally, and provide insight into how we typically approach issues that commonly arise on corporate ballots.
12 Recalling securities on loan can be impacted by the timing of record dates. In the United States, for example, the record date of a shareholder meeting typically falls before the proxy statements are released. Accordingly, it is not practicable to evaluate a proxy statement, determine that a vote has a material impact on a fund and recall any shares on loan in advance of the record date for the annual meeting. As a result, managers must weigh independent business judgement as a fiduciary, the benefit to a fund’s shareholders of recalling loaned shares in advance of an estimated record date without knowing whether there will be a vote on matters which have a material impact on the fund (thereby forgoing potential securities lending revenue for the fund’s shareholders) or leaving shares on loan to potentially earn revenue for the fund (thereby forgoing the opportunity to vote).
B-17
Reporting and vote transparency
We are committed to transparency in the stewardship work we do on behalf of clients. We inform clients about our engagement and voting policies and activities through direct communication and through disclosure on our website. Each year we publish an annual report that provides a global overview of our investment stewardship engagement and voting activities and a voting spotlight that summarizes our voting over a proxy year.13 Additionally, we make public our market-specific voting guidelines for the benefit of clients and companies with whom we engage. We also publish commentaries to share our perspective on market developments and emerging key themes.
At a more granular level, we publish quarterly our vote record for each company that held a shareholder meeting during the period, showing how we voted on each proposal and explaining any votes against management proposals or on shareholder proposals. For shareholder meetings where a vote might be high profile or of significant interest to clients, we may publish a vote bulletin after the meeting, disclosing and explaining our vote on key proposals. We also publish a quarterly list of all companies with which we engaged and the key topics addressed in the engagement meeting.
In this way, we help inform our clients about the work we do on their behalf in promoting the governance and business models that support durable, long-term value creation.
13 The proxy year runs from July 1 to June 30 of the proceeding calendar year.
B-18